skill提交

主套餐和加油包同时 Depleted 时，recordOverflowToDepletedPackage
原先取 id 最大的套餐，可能取到加油包，语义不对。

改为优先查 master_usage_id IS NULL（主套餐），找不到时
再回退取任意 Depleted 套餐。

.agents/rules/ponytail.md

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# Ponytail, lazy senior dev mode
+
+You are a lazy senior developer. Lazy means efficient, not careless. The best code is the code never written.
+
+Before writing any code, stop at the first rung that holds:
+
+1. Does this need to be built at all? (YAGNI)
+2. Does it already exist in this codebase? Reuse the helper, util, or pattern that's already here, don't re-write it.
+3. Does the standard library already do this? Use it.
+4. Does a native platform feature cover it? Use it.
+5. Does an already-installed dependency solve it? Use it.
+6. Can this be one line? Make it one line.
+7. Only then: write the minimum code that works.
+
+The ladder runs after you understand the problem, not instead of it: read the task and the code it touches, trace the real flow end to end, then climb.
+
+Bug fix = root cause, not symptom: a report names a symptom. Grep every caller of the function you touch and fix the shared function once — one guard there is a smaller diff than one per caller, and patching only the path the ticket names leaves a sibling caller still broken.
+
+Rules:
+
+- No abstractions that weren't explicitly requested.
+- No new dependency if it can be avoided.
+- No boilerplate nobody asked for.
+- Deletion over addition. Boring over clever. Fewest files possible.
+- Shortest working diff wins, but only once you understand the problem. The smallest change in the wrong place isn't lazy, it's a second bug.
+- Question complex requests: "Do you actually need X, or does Y cover it?"
+- Pick the edge-case-correct option when two stdlib approaches are the same size, lazy means less code, not the flimsier algorithm.
+- Mark intentional simplifications with a `ponytail:` comment. If the shortcut has a known ceiling (global lock, O(n²) scan, naive heuristic), the comment names the ceiling and the upgrade path.
+
+Not lazy about: understanding the problem (read it fully and trace the real flow before picking a rung, a small diff you don't understand is just laziness dressed up as efficiency), input validation at trust boundaries, error handling that prevents data loss, security, accessibility, the calibration real hardware needs (the platform is never the spec ideal, a clock drifts, a sensor reads off), anything explicitly requested. Lazy code without its check is unfinished: non-trivial logic leaves ONE runnable check behind, the smallest thing that fails if the logic breaks (an assert-based demo/self-check or one small test file; no frameworks, no fixtures). Trivial one-liners need no test.

.agents/skills/caveman/SKILL.md

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+---
+name: caveman
+description: >
+  Ultra-compressed communication mode. Cuts token usage ~75% by dropping
+  filler, articles, and pleasantries while keeping full technical accuracy.
+  Use when user says "caveman mode", "talk like caveman", "use caveman",
+  "less tokens", "be brief", or invokes /caveman.
+---
+
+Respond terse like smart caveman. All technical substance stay. Only fluff die.
+
+## Persistence
+
+ACTIVE EVERY RESPONSE once triggered. No revert after many turns. No filler drift. Still active if unsure. Off only when user says "stop caveman" or "normal mode".
+
+## Rules
+
+Drop: articles (a/an/the), filler (just/really/basically/actually/simply), pleasantries (sure/certainly/of course/happy to), hedging. Fragments OK. Short synonyms (big not extensive, fix not "implement a solution for"). Abbreviate common terms (DB/auth/config/req/res/fn/impl). Strip conjunctions. Use arrows for causality (X -> Y). One word when one word enough.
+
+Technical terms stay exact. Code blocks unchanged. Errors quoted exact.
+
+Pattern: `[thing] [action] [reason]. [next step].`
+
+Not: "Sure! I'd be happy to help you with that. The issue you're experiencing is likely caused by..."
+Yes: "Bug in auth middleware. Token expiry check use `<` not `<=`. Fix:"
+
+### Examples
+
+**"Why React component re-render?"**
+
+> Inline obj prop -> new ref -> re-render. `useMemo`.
+
+**"Explain database connection pooling."**
+
+> Pool = reuse DB conn. Skip handshake -> fast under load.
+
+## Auto-Clarity Exception
+
+Drop caveman temporarily for: security warnings, irreversible action confirmations, multi-step sequences where fragment order risks misread, user asks to clarify or repeats question. Resume caveman after clear part done.
+
+Example -- destructive op:
+
+> **Warning:** This will permanently delete all rows in the `users` table and cannot be undone.
+>
+> ```sql
+> DROP TABLE users;
+> ```
+>
+> Caveman resume. Verify backup exist first.

.agents/skills/ccc/SKILL.md

@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
----
-name: ccc
-description: "This skill should be used when code search is needed (whether explicitly requested or as part of completing a task), when indexing the codebase after changes, or when the user asks about ccc, cocoindex-code, or the codebase index. Trigger phrases include 'search the codebase', 'find code related to', 'update the index', 'ccc', 'cocoindex-code'."
----
-
-# ccc - Semantic Code Search & Indexing
-
-`ccc` is the CLI for CocoIndex Code, providing semantic search over the current codebase and index management.
-
-## Ownership
-
-The agent owns the `ccc` lifecycle for the current project — initialization, indexing, and searching. Do not ask the user to perform these steps; handle them automatically.
-
-- **Initialization**: If `ccc search` or `ccc index` fails with an initialization error (e.g., "Not in an initialized project directory"), run `ccc init` from the project root directory, then `ccc index` to build the index, then retry the original command.
-- **Index freshness**: Keep the index up to date by running `ccc index` (or `ccc search --refresh`) when the index may be stale — e.g., at the start of a session, or after making significant code changes (new files, refactors, renamed modules). There is no need to re-index between consecutive searches if no code was changed in between.
-- **Installation**: If `ccc` itself is not found (command not found), refer to [management.md](references/management.md) for installation instructions and inform the user.
-
-## Searching the Codebase
-
-To perform a semantic search:
-
-```bash
-ccc search <query terms>
-```
-
-The query should describe the concept, functionality, or behavior to find, not exact code syntax. For example:
-
-```bash
-ccc search database connection pooling
-ccc search user authentication flow
-ccc search error handling retry logic
-```
-
-### Filtering Results
-
-- **By language** (`--lang`, repeatable): restrict results to specific languages.
-
-  ```bash
-  ccc search --lang python --lang markdown database schema
-  ```
-
-- **By path** (`--path`): restrict results to a glob pattern relative to project root. If omitted, defaults to the current working directory (only results under that subdirectory are returned).
-
-  ```bash
-  ccc search --path 'src/api/*' request validation
-  ```
-
-### Pagination
-
-Results default to the first page. To retrieve additional results:
-
-```bash
-ccc search --offset 5 --limit 5 database schema
-```
-
-If all returned results look relevant, use `--offset` to fetch the next page — there are likely more useful matches beyond the first page.
-
-### Working with Search Results
-
-Search results include file paths and line ranges. To explore a result in more detail:
-
-- Use the editor's built-in file reading capabilities (e.g., the `Read` tool) to load the matched file and read lines around the returned range for full context.
-- When working in a terminal without a file-reading tool, use `sed -n '<start>,<end>p' <file>` to extract a specific line range.
-
-## Settings
-
-To view or edit embedding model configuration, include/exclude patterns, or language overrides, see [settings.md](references/settings.md).
-
-## Management & Troubleshooting
-
-For installation, initialization, daemon management, troubleshooting, and cleanup commands, see [management.md](references/management.md).

.agents/skills/ccc/references/management.md

@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-# ccc Management
-
-## Installation
-
-Install CocoIndex Code via pipx. Two install styles:
-
-```bash
-pipx install 'cocoindex-code[full]'      # batteries included (local embeddings via sentence-transformers)
-pipx install cocoindex-code              # slim (LiteLLM-only; requires a cloud embedding provider + API key)
-```
-
-The `[full]` extra pulls in `sentence-transformers` so the first-run default (local embeddings, no API key) works out of the box. The slim install is for environments where you don't want the torch/transformers deps and plan to use a LiteLLM-supported cloud provider instead.
-
-To upgrade to the latest version:
-
-```bash
-pipx upgrade cocoindex-code
-```
-
-After installation, the `ccc` command is available globally.
-
-## Project Initialization
-
-Run from the root directory of the project to index:
-
-```bash
-ccc init
-```
-
-**First run (global settings don't exist yet)** — `ccc init` prompts interactively for the embedding provider (sentence-transformers / litellm) and model, then runs a one-off test embed via the daemon to confirm the model works. Accept the defaults for the sentence-transformers path, or pick litellm and enter a model identifier.
-
-**Subsequent runs** (global settings already exist) — prompts are skipped; only project settings and `.gitignore` are set up.
-
-To skip the interactive prompts on the first run (e.g. in a script or container), pass `--litellm-model MODEL`:
-
-```bash
-ccc init --litellm-model openai/text-embedding-3-small
-```
-
-This is also the only way to pick a LiteLLM model when stdin isn't a TTY and you've done a slim install.
-
-`ccc init` creates:
-- `~/.cocoindex_code/global_settings.yml` (user-level, embedding config + env vars).
-- `.cocoindex_code/settings.yml` (project-level, include/exclude patterns).
-
-If `.git` exists in the directory, `.cocoindex_code/` is automatically added to `.gitignore`.
-
-Use `-f` to skip the confirmation prompt if `ccc init` detects a potential parent project root.
-
-After initialization, edit the settings files if needed (see [settings.md](settings.md) for format details), then run `ccc index` to build the initial index. If the model test printed `[FAIL]` during `init`, edit `global_settings.yml` (and optionally add API keys under the commented `envs:` block) and verify with `ccc doctor` before indexing.
-
-## Troubleshooting
-
-### Diagnostics
-
-Run `ccc doctor` to check system health end-to-end:
-
-```bash
-ccc doctor
-```
-
-This checks global settings, daemon status, embedding model (runs a test embedding), and — if run from within a project — file matching (walks files using the same logic as the indexer) and index status. Results stream incrementally. Always points to `daemon.log` at the end for further investigation.
-
-### Checking Project Status
-
-To view the current project's index status:
-
-```bash
-ccc status
-```
-
-This shows whether indexing is ongoing and index statistics.
-
-### Daemon Management
-
-The daemon starts automatically on first use. To check its status:
-
-```bash
-ccc daemon status
-```
-
-This shows whether the daemon is running, its version, uptime, and loaded projects.
-
-To restart the daemon (useful if it gets into a bad state):
-
-```bash
-ccc daemon restart
-```
-
-To stop the daemon:
-
-```bash
-ccc daemon stop
-```
-
-## Cleanup
-
-To reset a project's index (removes databases, keeps settings):
-
-```bash
-ccc reset
-```
-
-To fully remove all CocoIndex Code data for a project (including settings):
-
-```bash
-ccc reset --all
-```
-
-Both commands prompt for confirmation. Use `-f` to skip.

.agents/skills/ccc/references/settings.md

@@ -1,126 +0,0 @@
-# ccc Settings
-
-Configuration lives in two YAML files, both created automatically by `ccc init`.
-
-## User-Level Settings (`~/.cocoindex_code/global_settings.yml`)
-
-Shared across all projects. Controls the embedding model and extra environment variables for the daemon.
-
-```yaml
-embedding:
-  provider: sentence-transformers   # or "litellm" (default when provider is omitted)
-  model: Snowflake/snowflake-arctic-embed-xs
-  device: mps                       # optional: cpu, cuda, mps (auto-detected if omitted)
-  min_interval_ms: 300              # optional: pace LiteLLM embedding requests to reduce 429s; defaults to 5 for LiteLLM
-
-envs:                               # extra environment variables for the daemon
-  OPENAI_API_KEY: your-key          # only needed if not already in the shell environment
-```
-
-### Fields
-
-| Field | Description |
-|-------|-------------|
-| `embedding.provider` | `sentence-transformers` for local models, `litellm` (or omit) for cloud/remote models |
-| `embedding.model` | Model identifier — format depends on provider (see examples below) |
-| `embedding.device` | Optional. `cpu`, `cuda`, or `mps`. Auto-detected if omitted. Only relevant for `sentence-transformers`. |
-| `embedding.min_interval_ms` | Optional. Minimum delay between LiteLLM embedding requests in milliseconds. Defaults to `5` for LiteLLM and is ignored by `sentence-transformers`. Set explicitly to override the default. |
-| `envs` | Key-value map of environment variables injected into the daemon. Use for API keys not already in the shell environment. |
-
-### Embedding Model Examples
-
-**Local (sentence-transformers, no API key needed):**
-
-```yaml
-embedding:
-  provider: sentence-transformers
-  model: Snowflake/snowflake-arctic-embed-xs        # default, lightweight
-```
-
-```yaml
-embedding:
-  provider: sentence-transformers
-  model: nomic-ai/CodeRankEmbed                     # better code retrieval, needs GPU (~1 GB VRAM)
-```
-
-**Ollama (local):**
-
-```yaml
-embedding:
-  model: ollama/nomic-embed-text
-```
-
-**OpenAI:**
-
-```yaml
-embedding:
-  model: text-embedding-3-small
-  min_interval_ms: 300
-envs:
-  OPENAI_API_KEY: your-api-key
-```
-
-**Gemini:**
-
-```yaml
-embedding:
-  model: gemini/gemini-embedding-001
-envs:
-  GEMINI_API_KEY: your-api-key
-```
-
-**Voyage (code-optimized):**
-
-```yaml
-embedding:
-  model: voyage/voyage-code-3
-envs:
-  VOYAGE_API_KEY: your-api-key
-```
-
-For the full list of supported cloud providers and model identifiers, see [LiteLLM Embedding Models](https://docs.litellm.ai/docs/embedding/supported_embedding).
-
-### Important
-
-Switching embedding models changes vector dimensions — you must re-index after changing the model:
-
-```bash
-ccc reset && ccc index
-```
-
-## Project-Level Settings (`<project>/.cocoindex_code/settings.yml`)
-
-Per-project. Controls which files to index. Created by `ccc init` and automatically added to `.gitignore`.
-
-```yaml
-include_patterns:
-  - "**/*.py"
-  - "**/*.js"
-  - "**/*.ts"
-  # ... (sensible defaults for 28+ file types)
-
-exclude_patterns:
-  - "**/.*"              # hidden directories
-  - "**/__pycache__"
-  - "**/node_modules"
-  - "**/dist"
-  # ...
-
-language_overrides:
-  - ext: inc             # treat .inc files as PHP
-    lang: php
-```
-
-### Fields
-
-| Field | Description |
-|-------|-------------|
-| `include_patterns` | Glob patterns for files to index. Defaults cover common languages (Python, JS/TS, Rust, Go, Java, C/C++, C#, SQL, Shell, Markdown, PHP, Lua, etc.). |
-| `exclude_patterns` | Glob patterns for files/directories to skip. Defaults exclude hidden dirs, `node_modules`, `dist`, `__pycache__`, `vendor`, etc. |
-| `language_overrides` | List of `{ext, lang}` pairs to override language detection for specific file extensions. |
-
-### Editing Tips
-
-- To index additional file types, append glob patterns to `include_patterns` (e.g. `"**/*.proto"`).
-- To exclude a directory, append to `exclude_patterns` (e.g. `"**/generated"`).
-- After editing, run `ccc index` to re-index with the new settings.

.agents/skills/diagnose/SKILL.md

@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+---
+name: diagnose
+description: Disciplined diagnosis loop for hard bugs and performance regressions. Reproduce → minimise → hypothesise → instrument → fix → regression-test. Use when user says "diagnose this" / "debug this", reports a bug, says something is broken/throwing/failing, or describes a performance regression.
+---
+
+# Diagnose
+
+A discipline for hard bugs. Skip phases only when explicitly justified.
+
+When exploring the codebase, use the project's domain glossary to get a clear mental model of the relevant modules, and check ADRs in the area you're touching.
+
+## Phase 1 — Build a feedback loop
+
+**This is the skill.** Everything else is mechanical. If you have a fast, deterministic, agent-runnable pass/fail signal for the bug, you will find the cause — bisection, hypothesis-testing, and instrumentation all just consume that signal. If you don't have one, no amount of staring at code will save you.
+
+Spend disproportionate effort here. **Be aggressive. Be creative. Refuse to give up.**
+
+### Ways to construct one — try them in roughly this order
+
+1. **Failing test** at whatever seam reaches the bug — unit, integration, e2e.
+2. **Curl / HTTP script** against a running dev server.
+3. **CLI invocation** with a fixture input, diffing stdout against a known-good snapshot.
+4. **Headless browser script** (Playwright / Puppeteer) — drives the UI, asserts on DOM/console/network.
+5. **Replay a captured trace.** Save a real network request / payload / event log to disk; replay it through the code path in isolation.
+6. **Throwaway harness.** Spin up a minimal subset of the system (one service, mocked deps) that exercises the bug code path with a single function call.
+7. **Property / fuzz loop.** If the bug is "sometimes wrong output", run 1000 random inputs and look for the failure mode.
+8. **Bisection harness.** If the bug appeared between two known states (commit, dataset, version), automate "boot at state X, check, repeat" so you can `git bisect run` it.
+9. **Differential loop.** Run the same input through old-version vs new-version (or two configs) and diff outputs.
+10. **HITL bash script.** Last resort. If a human must click, drive _them_ with `scripts/hitl-loop.template.sh` so the loop is still structured. Captured output feeds back to you.
+
+Build the right feedback loop, and the bug is 90% fixed.
+
+### Iterate on the loop itself
+
+Treat the loop as a product. Once you have _a_ loop, ask:
+
+- Can I make it faster? (Cache setup, skip unrelated init, narrow the test scope.)
+- Can I make the signal sharper? (Assert on the specific symptom, not "didn't crash".)
+- Can I make it more deterministic? (Pin time, seed RNG, isolate filesystem, freeze network.)
+
+A 30-second flaky loop is barely better than no loop. A 2-second deterministic loop is a debugging superpower.
+
+### Non-deterministic bugs
+
+The goal is not a clean repro but a **higher reproduction rate**. Loop the trigger 100×, parallelise, add stress, narrow timing windows, inject sleeps. A 50%-flake bug is debuggable; 1% is not — keep raising the rate until it's debuggable.
+
+### When you genuinely cannot build a loop
+
+Stop and say so explicitly. List what you tried. Ask the user for: (a) access to whatever environment reproduces it, (b) a captured artifact (HAR file, log dump, core dump, screen recording with timestamps), or (c) permission to add temporary production instrumentation. Do **not** proceed to hypothesise without a loop.
+
+Do not proceed to Phase 2 until you have a loop you believe in.
+
+## Phase 2 — Reproduce
+
+Run the loop. Watch the bug appear.
+
+Confirm:
+
+- [ ] The loop produces the failure mode the **user** described — not a different failure that happens to be nearby. Wrong bug = wrong fix.
+- [ ] The failure is reproducible across multiple runs (or, for non-deterministic bugs, reproducible at a high enough rate to debug against).
+- [ ] You have captured the exact symptom (error message, wrong output, slow timing) so later phases can verify the fix actually addresses it.
+
+Do not proceed until you reproduce the bug.
+
+## Phase 3 — Hypothesise
+
+Generate **3–5 ranked hypotheses** before testing any of them. Single-hypothesis generation anchors on the first plausible idea.
+
+Each hypothesis must be **falsifiable**: state the prediction it makes.
+
+> Format: "If <X> is the cause, then <changing Y> will make the bug disappear / <changing Z> will make it worse."
+
+If you cannot state the prediction, the hypothesis is a vibe — discard or sharpen it.
+
+**Show the ranked list to the user before testing.** They often have domain knowledge that re-ranks instantly ("we just deployed a change to #3"), or know hypotheses they've already ruled out. Cheap checkpoint, big time saver. Don't block on it — proceed with your ranking if the user is AFK.
+
+## Phase 4 — Instrument
+
+Each probe must map to a specific prediction from Phase 3. **Change one variable at a time.**
+
+Tool preference:
+
+1. **Debugger / REPL inspection** if the env supports it. One breakpoint beats ten logs.
+2. **Targeted logs** at the boundaries that distinguish hypotheses.
+3. Never "log everything and grep".
+
+**Tag every debug log** with a unique prefix, e.g. `[DEBUG-a4f2]`. Cleanup at the end becomes a single grep. Untagged logs survive; tagged logs die.
+
+**Perf branch.** For performance regressions, logs are usually wrong. Instead: establish a baseline measurement (timing harness, `performance.now()`, profiler, query plan), then bisect. Measure first, fix second.
+
+## Phase 5 — Fix + regression test
+
+Write the regression test **before the fix** — but only if there is a **correct seam** for it.
+
+A correct seam is one where the test exercises the **real bug pattern** as it occurs at the call site. If the only available seam is too shallow (single-caller test when the bug needs multiple callers, unit test that can't replicate the chain that triggered the bug), a regression test there gives false confidence.
+
+**If no correct seam exists, that itself is the finding.** Note it. The codebase architecture is preventing the bug from being locked down. Flag this for the next phase.
+
+If a correct seam exists:
+
+1. Turn the minimised repro into a failing test at that seam.
+2. Watch it fail.
+3. Apply the fix.
+4. Watch it pass.
+5. Re-run the Phase 1 feedback loop against the original (un-minimised) scenario.
+
+## Phase 6 — Cleanup + post-mortem
+
+Required before declaring done:
+
+- [ ] Original repro no longer reproduces (re-run the Phase 1 loop)
+- [ ] Regression test passes (or absence of seam is documented)
+- [ ] All `[DEBUG-...]` instrumentation removed (`grep` the prefix)
+- [ ] Throwaway prototypes deleted (or moved to a clearly-marked debug location)
+- [ ] The hypothesis that turned out correct is stated in the commit / PR message — so the next debugger learns
+
+**Then ask: what would have prevented this bug?** If the answer involves architectural change (no good test seam, tangled callers, hidden coupling) hand off to the `/improve-codebase-architecture` skill with the specifics. Make the recommendation **after** the fix is in, not before — you have more information now than when you started.

.agents/skills/diagnose/scripts/hitl-loop.template.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env bash
+# Human-in-the-loop reproduction loop.
+# Copy this file, edit the steps below, and run it.
+# The agent runs the script; the user follows prompts in their terminal.
+#
+# Usage:
+#   bash hitl-loop.template.sh
+#
+# Two helpers:
+#   step "<instruction>"          → show instruction, wait for Enter
+#   capture VAR "<question>"      → show question, read response into VAR
+#
+# At the end, captured values are printed as KEY=VALUE for the agent to parse.
+
+set -euo pipefail
+
+step() {
+  printf '\n>>> %s\n' "$1"
+  read -r -p "    [Enter when done] " _
+}
+
+capture() {
+  local var="$1" question="$2" answer
+  printf '\n>>> %s\n' "$question"
+  read -r -p "    > " answer
+  printf -v "$var" '%s' "$answer"
+}
+
+# --- edit below ---------------------------------------------------------
+
+step "Open the app at http://localhost:3000 and sign in."
+
+capture ERRORED "Click the 'Export' button. Did it throw an error? (y/n)"
+
+capture ERROR_MSG "Paste the error message (or 'none'):"
+
+# --- edit above ---------------------------------------------------------
+
+printf '\n--- Captured ---\n'
+printf 'ERRORED=%s\n' "$ERRORED"
+printf 'ERROR_MSG=%s\n' "$ERROR_MSG"

.agents/skills/grill-me/SKILL.md

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+---
+name: grill-me
+description: A relentless interview to sharpen a plan or design.
+disable-model-invocation: true
+---
+
+Run a `/grilling` session.

.agents/skills/grill-with-docs/SKILL.md

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+---
+name: grill-with-docs
+description: A relentless interview to sharpen a plan or design, which also creates docs (ADR's and glossary) as we go.
+disable-model-invocation: true
+---
+
+Run a `/grilling` session, using the `/domain-modeling` skill.

.agents/skills/handoff/SKILL.md

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+---
+name: handoff
+description: Compact the current conversation into a handoff document for another agent to pick up.
+argument-hint: "What will the next session be used for?"
+disable-model-invocation: true
+---
+
+Write a handoff document summarising the current conversation so a fresh agent can continue the work. Save to the temporary directory of the user's OS - not the current workspace.
+
+Include a "suggested skills" section in the document, which suggests skills that the agent should invoke.
+
+Do not duplicate content already captured in other artifacts (PRDs, plans, ADRs, issues, commits, diffs). Reference them by path or URL instead.
+
+Redact any sensitive information, such as API keys, passwords, or personally identifiable information.
+
+If the user passed arguments, treat them as a description of what the next session will focus on and tailor the doc accordingly.

.agents/skills/improve-codebase-architecture/HTML-REPORT.md

@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+# HTML Report Format
+
+The architectural review is rendered as a single self-contained HTML file in the OS temp directory. Tailwind and Mermaid both come from CDNs. Mermaid handles graph-shaped diagrams reliably; hand-built divs and inline SVG handle the more editorial visuals (mass diagrams, cross-sections). Mix the two — don't lean on Mermaid for everything, it'll start to look generic.
+
+## Scaffold
+
+```html
+<!doctype html>
+<html lang="en">
+  <head>
+    <meta charset="utf-8" />
+    <title>Architecture review — {{repo name}}</title>
+    <script src="https://cdn.tailwindcss.com"></script>
+    <script type="module">
+      import mermaid from "https://cdn.jsdelivr.net/npm/mermaid@11/dist/mermaid.esm.min.mjs";
+      mermaid.initialize({ startOnLoad: true, theme: "neutral", securityLevel: "loose" });
+    </script>
+    <style>
+      /* small custom layer for things Tailwind doesn't cover cleanly:
+         dashed seam lines, hand-drawn-feeling arrow heads, etc. */
+      .seam { stroke-dasharray: 4 4; }
+      .leak { stroke: #dc2626; }
+      .deep { background: linear-gradient(135deg, #0f172a, #1e293b); }
+    </style>
+  </head>
+  <body class="bg-stone-50 text-slate-900 font-sans">
+    <main class="max-w-5xl mx-auto px-6 py-12 space-y-12">
+      <header>...</header>
+      <section id="candidates" class="space-y-10">...</section>
+      <section id="top-recommendation">...</section>
+    </main>
+  </body>
+</html>
+```
+
+## Header
+
+Repo name, date, and a compact legend: solid box = module, dashed line = seam, red arrow = leakage, thick dark box = deep module. No introduction paragraph — straight into the candidates.
+
+## Candidate card
+
+The diagrams carry the weight. Prose is sparse, plain, and uses the glossary terms (from the `/codebase-design` skill) without ceremony.
+
+Each candidate is one `<article>`:
+
+- **Title** — short, names the deepening (e.g. "Collapse the Order intake pipeline").
+- **Badge row** — recommendation strength (`Strong` = emerald, `Worth exploring` = amber, `Speculative` = slate), plus a tag for the dependency category (`in-process`, `local-substitutable`, `ports & adapters`, `mock`).
+- **Files** — monospaced list, `font-mono text-sm`.
+- **Before / After diagram** — the centrepiece. Two columns, side by side. See patterns below.
+- **Problem** — one sentence. What hurts.
+- **Solution** — one sentence. What changes.
+- **Wins** — bullets, ≤6 words each. e.g. "Tests hit one interface", "Pricing logic stops leaking", "Delete 4 shallow wrappers".
+- **ADR callout** (if applicable) — one line in an amber-tinted box.
+
+No paragraphs of explanation. If the diagram needs a paragraph to be understood, redraw the diagram.
+
+## Diagram patterns
+
+Pick the pattern that fits the candidate. Mix them. Don't make every diagram look the same — variety is part of the point.
+
+### Mermaid graph (the workhorse for dependencies / call flow)
+
+Use a Mermaid `flowchart` or `graph` when the point is "X calls Y calls Z, and look at the mess." Wrap it in a Tailwind-styled card so it doesn't feel parachuted in. Style with classDef to colour leakage edges red and the deep module dark. Sequence diagrams work well for "before: 6 round-trips; after: 1."
+
+```html
+<div class="rounded-lg border border-slate-200 bg-white p-4">
+  <pre class="mermaid">
+    flowchart LR
+      A[OrderHandler] --> B[OrderValidator]
+      B --> C[OrderRepo]
+      C -.leak.-> D[PricingClient]
+      classDef leak stroke:#dc2626,stroke-width:2px;
+      class C,D leak
+  </pre>
+</div>
+```
+
+### Hand-built boxes-and-arrows (when Mermaid's layout fights you)
+
+Modules as `<div>`s with borders and labels. Arrows as inline SVG `<line>` or `<path>` elements positioned absolutely over a relative container. Reach for this when you want the "after" diagram to feel like one thick-bordered deep module with greyed-out internals — Mermaid won't render that with the right weight.
+
+### Cross-section (good for layered shallowness)
+
+Stack horizontal bands (`h-12 border-l-4`) to show layers a call passes through. Before: 6 thin layers each doing nothing. After: 1 thick band labelled with the consolidated responsibility.
+
+### Mass diagram (good for "interface as wide as implementation")
+
+Two rectangles per module — one for interface surface area, one for implementation. Before: interface rectangle is nearly as tall as the implementation rectangle (shallow). After: interface rectangle is short, implementation rectangle is tall (deep).
+
+### Call-graph collapse
+
+Before: a tree of function calls rendered as nested boxes. After: the same tree collapsed into one box, with the now-internal calls shown faded inside it.
+
+## Style guidance
+
+- Lean editorial, not corporate-dashboard. Generous whitespace. Serif optional for headings (`font-serif` works well with stone/slate).
+- Colour sparingly: one accent (emerald or indigo) plus red for leakage and amber for warnings.
+- Keep diagrams ~320px tall so before/after sits comfortably side by side without scrolling.
+- Use `text-xs uppercase tracking-wider` for module labels inside diagrams — they should read as schematic, not as UI.
+- The only scripts are the Tailwind CDN and the Mermaid ESM import. The report is otherwise static — no app code, no interactivity beyond Mermaid's own rendering.
+
+## Top recommendation section
+
+One larger card. Candidate name, one sentence on why, anchor link to its card. That's it.
+
+## Tone
+
+Plain English, concise — but the architectural nouns and verbs come straight from the `/codebase-design` skill. Concision is not an excuse to drift.
+
+**Use exactly:** module, interface, implementation, depth, deep, shallow, seam, adapter, leverage, locality.
+
+**Never substitute:** component, service, unit (for module) · API, signature (for interface) · boundary (for seam) · layer, wrapper (for module, when you mean module).
+
+**Phrasings that fit the style:**
+
+- "Order intake module is shallow — interface nearly matches the implementation."
+- "Pricing leaks across the seam."
+- "Deepen: one interface, one place to test."
+- "Two adapters justify the seam: HTTP in prod, in-memory in tests."
+
+**Wins bullets** name the gain in glossary terms: *"locality: bugs concentrate in one module"*, *"leverage: one interface, N call sites"*, *"interface shrinks; implementation absorbs the wrappers"*. Don't write *"easier to maintain"* or *"cleaner code"* — those terms aren't in the glossary and don't earn their place.
+
+No hedging, no throat-clearing, no "it's worth noting that…". If a sentence could be a bullet, make it a bullet. If a bullet could be cut, cut it. If a term isn't in the `/codebase-design` glossary, reach for one that is before inventing a new one.

.agents/skills/improve-codebase-architecture/SKILL.md

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+---
+name: improve-codebase-architecture
+description: Scan a codebase for deepening opportunities, present them as a visual HTML report, then grill through whichever one you pick.
+disable-model-invocation: true
+---
+
+# Improve Codebase Architecture
+
+Surface architectural friction and propose **deepening opportunities** — refactors that turn shallow modules into deep ones. The aim is testability and AI-navigability.
+
+This command is _informed_ by the project's domain model and built on a shared design vocabulary:
+
+- Run the `/codebase-design` skill for the architecture vocabulary (**module**, **interface**, **depth**, **seam**, **adapter**, **leverage**, **locality**) and its principles (the deletion test, "the interface is the test surface", "one adapter = hypothetical seam, two = real"). Use these terms exactly in every suggestion — don't drift into "component," "service," "API," or "boundary."
+- The domain language in `CONTEXT.md` gives names to good seams; ADRs in `docs/adr/` record decisions this command should not re-litigate.
+
+## Process
+
+### 1. Explore
+
+Read the project's domain glossary (`CONTEXT.md`) and any ADRs in the area you're touching first.
+
+Then use the Agent tool with `subagent_type=Explore` to walk the codebase. Don't follow rigid heuristics — explore organically and note where you experience friction:
+
+- Where does understanding one concept require bouncing between many small modules?
+- Where are modules **shallow** — interface nearly as complex as the implementation?
+- Where have pure functions been extracted just for testability, but the real bugs hide in how they're called (no **locality**)?
+- Where do tightly-coupled modules leak across their seams?
+- Which parts of the codebase are untested, or hard to test through their current interface?
+
+Apply the **deletion test** to anything you suspect is shallow: would deleting it concentrate complexity, or just move it? A "yes, concentrates" is the signal you want.
+
+### 2. Present candidates as an HTML report
+
+Write a self-contained HTML file to the OS temp directory so nothing lands in the repo. Resolve the temp dir from `$TMPDIR`, falling back to `/tmp` (or `%TEMP%` on Windows), and write to `<tmpdir>/architecture-review-<timestamp>.html` so each run gets a fresh file. Open it for the user — `xdg-open <path>` on Linux, `open <path>` on macOS, `start <path>` on Windows — and tell them the absolute path.
+
+The report uses **Tailwind via CDN** for layout and styling, and **Mermaid via CDN** for diagrams where a graph/flow/sequence reliably communicates the structure. Mix Mermaid with hand-crafted CSS/SVG visuals — use Mermaid when relationships are graph-shaped (call graphs, dependencies, sequences), and hand-built divs/SVG when you want something more editorial (mass diagrams, cross-sections, collapse animations). Each candidate gets a **before/after visualisation**. Be visual.
+
+For each candidate, render a card with:
+
+- **Files** — which files/modules are involved
+- **Problem** — why the current architecture is causing friction
+- **Solution** — plain English description of what would change
+- **Benefits** — explained in terms of locality and leverage, and how tests would improve
+- **Before / After diagram** — side-by-side, custom-drawn, illustrating the shallowness and the deepening
+- **Recommendation strength** — one of `Strong`, `Worth exploring`, `Speculative`, rendered as a badge
+
+End the report with a **Top recommendation** section: which candidate you'd tackle first and why.
+
+**Use CONTEXT.md vocabulary for the domain, and the `/codebase-design` vocabulary for the architecture.** If `CONTEXT.md` defines "Order," talk about "the Order intake module" — not "the FooBarHandler," and not "the Order service."
+
+**ADR conflicts**: if a candidate contradicts an existing ADR, only surface it when the friction is real enough to warrant revisiting the ADR. Mark it clearly in the card (e.g. a warning callout: _"contradicts ADR-0007 — but worth reopening because…"_). Don't list every theoretical refactor an ADR forbids.
+
+See [HTML-REPORT.md](HTML-REPORT.md) for the full HTML scaffold, diagram patterns, and styling guidance.
+
+Do NOT propose interfaces yet. After the file is written, ask the user: "Which of these would you like to explore?"
+
+### 3. Grilling loop
+
+Once the user picks a candidate, run the `/grilling` skill to walk the design tree with them — constraints, dependencies, the shape of the deepened module, what sits behind the seam, what tests survive.
+
+Side effects happen inline as decisions crystallize — run the `/domain-modeling` skill to keep the domain model current as you go:
+
+- **Naming a deepened module after a concept not in `CONTEXT.md`?** Add the term to `CONTEXT.md`. Create the file lazily if it doesn't exist.
+- **Sharpening a fuzzy term during the conversation?** Update `CONTEXT.md` right there.
+- **User rejects the candidate with a load-bearing reason?** Offer an ADR, framed as: _"Want me to record this as an ADR so future architecture reviews don't re-suggest it?"_ Only offer when the reason would actually be needed by a future explorer to avoid re-suggesting the same thing — skip ephemeral reasons ("not worth it right now") and self-evident ones.
+- **Want to explore alternative interfaces for the deepened module?** Run the `/codebase-design` skill and use its design-it-twice parallel sub-agent pattern.

.agents/skills/prototype/LOGIC.md

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+# Logic Prototype
+
+A tiny interactive terminal app that lets the user drive a state model by hand. Use this when the question is about **business logic, state transitions, or data shape** — the kind of thing that looks reasonable on paper but only feels wrong once you push it through real cases.
+
+## When this is the right shape
+
+- "I'm not sure if this state machine handles the edge case where X then Y."
+- "Does this data model actually let me represent the case where..."
+- "I want to feel out what the API should look like before writing it."
+- Anything where the user wants to **press buttons and watch state change**.
+
+If the question is "what should this look like" — wrong branch. Use [UI.md](UI.md).
+
+## Process
+
+### 1. State the question
+
+Before writing code, write down what state model and what question you're prototyping. One paragraph, in the prototype's README or a comment at the top of the file. A logic prototype that answers the wrong question is pure waste — make the question explicit so it can be checked later, whether the user is watching now or returning to it AFK.
+
+### 2. Pick the language
+
+Use whatever the host project uses. If the project has no obvious runtime (e.g. a docs repo), ask.
+
+Match the project's existing conventions for tooling — don't add a new package manager or runtime just for the prototype.
+
+### 3. Isolate the logic in a portable module
+
+Put the actual logic — the bit that's answering the question — behind a small, pure interface that could be lifted out and dropped into the real codebase later. The TUI around it is throwaway; the logic module shouldn't be.
+
+The right shape depends on the question:
+
+- **A pure reducer** — `(state, action) => state`. Good when actions are discrete events and state is a single value.
+- **A state machine** — explicit states and transitions. Good when "which actions are even legal right now" is part of the question.
+- **A small set of pure functions** over a plain data type. Good when there's no implicit current state — just transformations.
+- **A class or module with a clear method surface** when the logic genuinely owns ongoing internal state.
+
+Pick whichever shape best fits the question being asked, *not* whichever is easiest to wire to a TUI. Keep it pure: no I/O, no terminal code, no `console.log` for control flow. The TUI imports it and calls into it; nothing flows the other direction.
+
+This is what makes the prototype useful past its own lifetime. When the question's been answered, the validated reducer / machine / function set can be lifted into the real module — the TUI shell gets deleted.
+
+### 4. Build the smallest TUI that exposes the state
+
+Build it as a **lightweight TUI** — on every tick, clear the screen (`console.clear()` / `print("\033[2J\033[H")` / equivalent) and re-render the whole frame. The user should always see one stable view, not an ever-growing scrollback.
+
+Each frame has two parts, in this order:
+
+1. **Current state**, pretty-printed and diff-friendly (one field per line, or formatted JSON). Use **bold** for field names or section headers and **dim** for less important context (timestamps, IDs, derived values). Native ANSI escape codes are fine — `\x1b[1m` bold, `\x1b[2m` dim, `\x1b[0m` reset. No need to pull in a styling library unless one is already in the project.
+2. **Keyboard shortcuts**, listed at the bottom: `[a] add user  [d] delete user  [t] tick clock  [q] quit`. Bold the key, dim the description, or vice-versa — whatever reads cleanly.
+
+Behaviour:
+
+1. **Initialise state** — a single in-memory object/struct. Render the first frame on start.
+2. **Read one keystroke (or one line)** at a time, dispatch to a handler that mutates state.
+3. **Re-render** the full frame after every action — don't append, replace.
+4. **Loop until quit.**
+
+The whole frame should fit on one screen.
+
+### 5. Make it runnable in one command
+
+Add a script to the project's existing task runner (`package.json` scripts, `Makefile`, `justfile`, `pyproject.toml`). The user should run `pnpm run <prototype-name>` or equivalent — never need to remember a path.
+
+If the host project has no task runner, just put the command at the top of the prototype's README.
+
+### 6. Hand it over
+
+Give the user the run command. They'll drive it themselves; the interesting moments are when they say "wait, that shouldn't be possible" or "huh, I assumed X would be different" — those are the bugs in the _idea_, which is the whole point. If they want new actions added, add them. Prototypes evolve.
+
+### 7. Capture the answer
+
+When the prototype has done its job, the answer to the question is the only thing worth keeping. If the user is around, ask what it taught them. If not, leave a `NOTES.md` next to the prototype so the answer can be filled in (or filled in by you, if you've watched the session) before the prototype gets deleted.
+
+## Anti-patterns
+
+- **Don't add tests.** A prototype that needs tests is no longer a prototype.
+- **Don't wire it to the real database.** Use an in-memory store unless the question is specifically about persistence.
+- **Don't generalise.** No "what if we wanted to support X later." The prototype answers one question.
+- **Don't blur the logic and the TUI together.** If the reducer / state machine references `console.log`, prompts, or terminal escape codes, it's no longer portable. Keep the TUI as a thin shell over a pure module.
+- **Don't ship the TUI shell into production.** The shell is optimised for being driven by hand from a terminal. The logic module behind it is the bit worth keeping.

.agents/skills/prototype/SKILL.md

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+---
+name: prototype
+description: Build a throwaway prototype to answer a design question. Use when the user wants to sanity-check whether a state model or logic feels right, or explore what a UI should look like.
+---
+
+# Prototype
+
+A prototype is **throwaway code that answers a question**. The question decides the shape.
+
+## Pick a branch
+
+Identify which question is being answered — from the user's prompt, the surrounding code, or by asking if the user is around:
+
+- **"Does this logic / state model feel right?"** → [LOGIC.md](LOGIC.md). Build a tiny interactive terminal app that pushes the state machine through cases that are hard to reason about on paper.
+- **"What should this look like?"** → [UI.md](UI.md). Generate several radically different UI variations on a single route, switchable via a URL search param and a floating bottom bar.
+
+The two branches produce very different artifacts — getting this wrong wastes the whole prototype. If the question is genuinely ambiguous and the user isn't reachable, default to whichever branch better matches the surrounding code (a backend module → logic; a page or component → UI) and state the assumption at the top of the prototype.
+
+## Rules that apply to both
+
+1. **Throwaway from day one, and clearly marked as such.** Locate the prototype code close to where it will actually be used (next to the module or page it's prototyping for) so context is obvious — but name it so a casual reader can see it's a prototype, not production. For throwaway UI routes, obey whatever routing convention the project already uses; don't invent a new top-level structure.
+2. **One command to run.** Whatever the project's existing task runner supports — `pnpm <name>`, `python <path>`, `bun <path>`, etc. The user must be able to start it without thinking.
+3. **No persistence by default.** State lives in memory. Persistence is the thing the prototype is _checking_, not something it should depend on. If the question explicitly involves a database, hit a scratch DB or a local file with a clear "PROTOTYPE — wipe me" name.
+4. **Skip the polish.** No tests, no error handling beyond what makes the prototype _runnable_, no abstractions. The point is to learn something fast and then delete it.
+5. **Surface the state.** After every action (logic) or on every variant switch (UI), print or render the full relevant state so the user can see what changed.
+6. **Delete or absorb when done.** When the prototype has answered its question, either delete it or fold the validated decision into the real code — don't leave it rotting in the repo.
+
+## When done
+
+The _answer_ is the only thing worth keeping from a prototype. Capture it somewhere durable (commit message, ADR, issue, or a `NOTES.md` next to the prototype) along with the question it was answering. If the user is around, that capture is a quick conversation; if not, leave the placeholder so they (or you, on the next pass) can fill in the verdict before deleting the prototype.

.agents/skills/prototype/UI.md

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+# UI Prototype
+
+Generate **several radically different UI variations** on a single route, switchable from a floating bottom bar. The user flips between variants in the browser, picks one (or steals bits from each), then throws the rest away.
+
+If the question is about logic/state rather than what something looks like — wrong branch. Use [LOGIC.md](LOGIC.md).
+
+## When this is the right shape
+
+- "What should this page look like?"
+- "I want to see a few options for this dashboard before committing."
+- "Try a different layout for the settings screen."
+- Any time the user would otherwise spend a day picking between three vague mockups in their head.
+
+## Two sub-shapes — strongly prefer sub-shape A
+
+A UI prototype is much easier to judge when it's **butting up against the rest of the app** — real header, real sidebar, real data, real density. A throwaway route on its own is a vacuum: every variant looks fine in isolation. Default to sub-shape A whenever there's a plausible existing page to host the variants. Only reach for sub-shape B if the prototype genuinely has no nearby home.
+
+### Sub-shape A — adjustment to an existing page (preferred)
+
+The route already exists. Variants are rendered **on the same route**, gated by a `?variant=` URL search param. The existing data fetching, params, and auth all stay — only the rendering swaps. This is the default; pick it unless there's a specific reason not to.
+
+If the prototype is for something that doesn't yet have a page but *would naturally live inside one* (a new section of the dashboard, a new card on the settings screen, a new step in an existing flow) — that's still sub-shape A. Mount the variants inside the host page.
+
+### Sub-shape B — a new page (last resort)
+
+Only use this when the thing being prototyped genuinely has no existing page to live inside — e.g. an entirely new top-level surface, or a flow that can't be embedded anywhere sensible.
+
+Create a **throwaway route** following whatever routing convention the project already uses — don't invent a new top-level structure. Name it so it's obviously a prototype (e.g. include the word `prototype` in the path or filename). Same `?variant=` pattern.
+
+Before committing to sub-shape B, sanity-check: is there really no existing page this could be embedded in? An empty route hides design problems that a populated one would expose.
+
+In both sub-shapes the floating bottom bar is identical.
+
+## Process
+
+### 1. State the question and pick N
+
+Default to **3 variants**. More than 5 stops being radically different and starts being noise — cap there.
+
+Write down the plan in one line, in the prototype's location or a top-of-file comment:
+
+> "Three variants of the settings page, switchable via `?variant=`, on the existing `/settings` route."
+
+This works whether the user is here to push back or not.
+
+### 2. Generate radically different variants
+
+Draft each variant. Hold each one to:
+
+- The page's purpose and the data it has access to.
+- The project's component library / styling system (TailwindCSS, shadcn, MUI, plain CSS, whatever).
+- A clear exported component name, e.g. `VariantA`, `VariantB`, `VariantC`.
+
+Variants must be **structurally different** — different layout, different information hierarchy, different primary affordance, not just different colours. Three slightly-tweaked card grids isn't a UI prototype, it's wallpaper. If two drafts come out too similar, redo one with explicit "do not use a card grid" guidance.
+
+### 3. Wire them together
+
+Create a single switcher component on the route:
+
+```tsx
+// pseudo-code — adapt to the project's framework
+const variant = searchParams.get('variant') ?? 'A';
+return (
+  <>
+    {variant === 'A' && <VariantA {...data} />}
+    {variant === 'B' && <VariantB {...data} />}
+    {variant === 'C' && <VariantC {...data} />}
+    <PrototypeSwitcher variants={['A','B','C']} current={variant} />
+  </>
+);
+```
+
+For sub-shape A (existing page): keep all the existing data fetching above the switcher; only the rendered subtree changes per variant.
+
+For sub-shape B (new page): the throwaway route under `/prototype/<name>` mounts the same switcher.
+
+### 4. Build the floating switcher
+
+A small fixed-position bar at the bottom-centre of the screen with three pieces:
+
+- **Left arrow** — cycles to the previous variant (wraps around).
+- **Variant label** — shows the current variant key and, if the variant exports a name, that name too. e.g. `B — Sidebar layout`.
+- **Right arrow** — cycles forward (wraps around).
+
+Behaviour:
+
+- Clicking an arrow updates the URL search param (use the framework's router — `router.replace` on Next, `navigate` on React Router, etc) so the variant is shareable and reload-stable.
+- Keyboard: `←` and `→` arrow keys also cycle. Don't intercept arrow keys when an `<input>`, `<textarea>`, or `[contenteditable]` is focused.
+- Visually distinct from the page (e.g. high-contrast pill, subtle shadow) so it's obviously not part of the design being evaluated.
+- Hidden in production builds — gate on `process.env.NODE_ENV !== 'production'` or an equivalent check, so a stray prototype merge can't ship the bar to users.
+
+Put the switcher in a single shared component so both sub-shapes can reuse it. Locate it wherever shared UI lives in the project.
+
+### 5. Hand it over
+
+Surface the URL (and the `?variant=` keys). The user will flip through whenever they get to it. The interesting feedback is usually **"I want the header from B with the sidebar from C"** — that's the actual design they want.
+
+### 6. Capture the answer and clean up
+
+Once a variant has won, write down which one and why (commit message, ADR, issue, or a `NOTES.md` next to the prototype if running AFK and the user hasn't responded yet). Then:
+
+- **Sub-shape A** — delete the losing variants and the switcher; fold the winner into the existing page.
+- **Sub-shape B** — promote the winning variant to a real route, delete the throwaway route and the switcher.
+
+Don't leave variant components or the switcher lying around. They rot fast and confuse the next reader.
+
+## Anti-patterns
+
+- **Variants that differ only in colour or copy.** That's a tweak, not a prototype. Real variants disagree about structure.
+- **Sharing too much code between variants.** A shared `<Header>` is fine; a shared `<Layout>` defeats the point. Each variant should be free to throw out the layout.
+- **Wiring variants to real mutations.** Read-only prototypes are fine. If a variant needs to mutate, point it at a stub — the question is "what should this look like", not "does the backend work".
+- **Promoting the prototype directly to production.** The variant code was written under prototype constraints (no tests, minimal error handling). Rewrite it properly when you fold it in.

.agents/skills/setup-matt-pocock-skills/SKILL.md

@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+---
+name: setup-matt-pocock-skills
+description: Configure this repo for the engineering skills — set up its issue tracker, triage label vocabulary, and domain doc layout. Run once before first use of the other engineering skills.
+disable-model-invocation: true
+---
+
+# Setup Matt Pocock's Skills
+
+Scaffold the per-repo configuration that the engineering skills assume:
+
+- **Issue tracker** — where issues live (GitHub by default; local markdown is also supported out of the box)
+- **Triage labels** — the strings used for the five canonical triage roles
+- **Domain docs** — where `CONTEXT.md` and ADRs live, and the consumer rules for reading them
+
+This is a prompt-driven skill, not a deterministic script. Explore, present what you found, confirm with the user, then write.
+
+## Process
+
+### 1. Explore
+
+Look at the current repo to understand its starting state. Read whatever exists; don't assume:
+
+- `git remote -v` and `.git/config` — is this a GitHub repo? Which one?
+- `AGENTS.md` and `CLAUDE.md` at the repo root — does either exist? Is there already an `## Agent skills` section in either?
+- `CONTEXT.md` and `CONTEXT-MAP.md` at the repo root
+- `docs/adr/` and any `src/*/docs/adr/` directories
+- `docs/agents/` — does this skill's prior output already exist?
+- `.scratch/` — sign that a local-markdown issue tracker convention is already in use
+
+### 2. Present findings and ask
+
+Summarise what's present and what's missing. Then walk the user through the three decisions **one at a time** — present a section, get the user's answer, then move to the next. Don't dump all three at once.
+
+Assume the user does not know what these terms mean. Each section starts with a short explainer (what it is, why these skills need it, what changes if they pick differently). Then show the choices and the default.
+
+**Section A — Issue tracker.**
+
+> Explainer: The "issue tracker" is where issues live for this repo. Skills like `to-issues`, `triage`, `to-prd`, and `qa` read from and write to it — they need to know whether to call `gh issue create`, write a markdown file under `.scratch/`, or follow some other workflow you describe. Pick the place you actually track work for this repo.
+
+Default posture: these skills were designed for GitHub. If a `git remote` points at GitHub, propose that. If a `git remote` points at GitLab (`gitlab.com` or a self-hosted host), propose GitLab. Otherwise (or if the user prefers), offer:
+
+- **GitHub** — issues live in the repo's GitHub Issues (uses the `gh` CLI)
+- **GitLab** — issues live in the repo's GitLab Issues (uses the [`glab`](https://gitlab.com/gitlab-org/cli) CLI)
+- **Local markdown** — issues live as files under `.scratch/<feature>/` in this repo (good for solo projects or repos without a remote)
+- **Other** (Jira, Linear, etc.) — ask the user to describe the workflow in one paragraph; the skill will record it as freeform prose
+
+If — and only if — the user picked **GitHub** or **GitLab**, ask one follow-up:
+
+> Explainer: Open-source repos often receive feature requests as pull requests, not just issues — a PR is an issue with attached code. If you turn this on, `/triage` pulls *external* PRs into the same queue and runs them through the same labels and states as issues (collaborators' in-flight PRs are left alone). Leave it off if PRs aren't a request surface for you.
+
+- **PRs as a request surface** — yes / no (default: no). Record the answer in `docs/agents/issue-tracker.md`. For local-markdown and other trackers, skip this question — there are no PRs.
+
+**Section B — Triage label vocabulary.**
+
+> Explainer: When the `triage` skill processes an incoming issue, it moves it through a state machine — needs evaluation, waiting on reporter, ready for an AFK agent to pick up, ready for a human, or won't fix. To do that, it needs to apply labels (or the equivalent in your issue tracker) that match strings *you've actually configured*. If your repo already uses different label names (e.g. `bug:triage` instead of `needs-triage`), map them here so the skill applies the right ones instead of creating duplicates.
+
+The five canonical roles:
+
+- `needs-triage` — maintainer needs to evaluate
+- `needs-info` — waiting on reporter
+- `ready-for-agent` — fully specified, AFK-ready (an agent can pick it up with no human context)
+- `ready-for-human` — needs human implementation
+- `wontfix` — will not be actioned
+
+Default: each role's string equals its name. Ask the user if they want to override any. If their issue tracker has no existing labels, the defaults are fine.
+
+**Section C — Domain docs.**
+
+> Explainer: Some skills (`improve-codebase-architecture`, `diagnosing-bugs`, `tdd`) read a `CONTEXT.md` file to learn the project's domain language, and `docs/adr/` for past architectural decisions. They need to know whether the repo has one global context or multiple (e.g. a monorepo with separate frontend/backend contexts) so they look in the right place.
+
+Confirm the layout:
+
+- **Single-context** — one `CONTEXT.md` + `docs/adr/` at the repo root. Most repos are this.
+- **Multi-context** — `CONTEXT-MAP.md` at the root pointing to per-context `CONTEXT.md` files (typically a monorepo).
+
+### 3. Confirm and edit
+
+Show the user a draft of:
+
+- The `## Agent skills` block to add to whichever of `CLAUDE.md` / `AGENTS.md` is being edited (see step 4 for selection rules)
+- The contents of `docs/agents/issue-tracker.md`, `docs/agents/triage-labels.md`, `docs/agents/domain.md`
+
+Let them edit before writing.
+
+### 4. Write
+
+**Pick the file to edit:**
+
+- If `CLAUDE.md` exists, edit it.
+- Else if `AGENTS.md` exists, edit it.
+- If neither exists, ask the user which one to create — don't pick for them.
+
+Never create `AGENTS.md` when `CLAUDE.md` already exists (or vice versa) — always edit the one that's already there.
+
+If an `## Agent skills` block already exists in the chosen file, update its contents in-place rather than appending a duplicate. Don't overwrite user edits to the surrounding sections.
+
+The block:
+
+```markdown
+## Agent skills
+
+### Issue tracker
+
+[one-line summary of where issues are tracked, plus whether external PRs are a triage surface]. See `docs/agents/issue-tracker.md`.
+
+### Triage labels
+
+[one-line summary of the label vocabulary]. See `docs/agents/triage-labels.md`.
+
+### Domain docs
+
+[one-line summary of layout — "single-context" or "multi-context"]. See `docs/agents/domain.md`.
+```
+
+Then write the three docs files using the seed templates in this skill folder as a starting point:
+
+- [issue-tracker-github.md](./issue-tracker-github.md) — GitHub issue tracker
+- [issue-tracker-gitlab.md](./issue-tracker-gitlab.md) — GitLab issue tracker
+- [issue-tracker-local.md](./issue-tracker-local.md) — local-markdown issue tracker
+- [triage-labels.md](./triage-labels.md) — label mapping
+- [domain.md](./domain.md) — domain doc consumer rules + layout
+
+For "other" issue trackers, write `docs/agents/issue-tracker.md` from scratch using the user's description.
+
+### 5. Done
+
+Tell the user the setup is complete and which engineering skills will now read from these files. Mention they can edit `docs/agents/*.md` directly later — re-running this skill is only necessary if they want to switch issue trackers or restart from scratch.

.agents/skills/setup-matt-pocock-skills/domain.md

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+# Domain Docs
+
+How the engineering skills should consume this repo's domain documentation when exploring the codebase.
+
+## Before exploring, read these
+
+- **`CONTEXT.md`** at the repo root, or
+- **`CONTEXT-MAP.md`** at the repo root if it exists — it points at one `CONTEXT.md` per context. Read each one relevant to the topic.
+- **`docs/adr/`** — read ADRs that touch the area you're about to work in. In multi-context repos, also check `src/<context>/docs/adr/` for context-scoped decisions.
+
+If any of these files don't exist, **proceed silently**. Don't flag their absence; don't suggest creating them upfront. The `/domain-modeling` skill (reached via `/grill-with-docs` and `/improve-codebase-architecture`) creates them lazily when terms or decisions actually get resolved.
+
+## File structure
+
+Single-context repo (most repos):
+
+```
+/
+├── CONTEXT.md
+├── docs/adr/
+│   ├── 0001-event-sourced-orders.md
+│   └── 0002-postgres-for-write-model.md
+└── src/
+```
+
+Multi-context repo (presence of `CONTEXT-MAP.md` at the root):
+
+```
+/
+├── CONTEXT-MAP.md
+├── docs/adr/                          ← system-wide decisions
+└── src/
+    ├── ordering/
+    │   ├── CONTEXT.md
+    │   └── docs/adr/                  ← context-specific decisions
+    └── billing/
+        ├── CONTEXT.md
+        └── docs/adr/
+```
+
+## Use the glossary's vocabulary
+
+When your output names a domain concept (in an issue title, a refactor proposal, a hypothesis, a test name), use the term as defined in `CONTEXT.md`. Don't drift to synonyms the glossary explicitly avoids.
+
+If the concept you need isn't in the glossary yet, that's a signal — either you're inventing language the project doesn't use (reconsider) or there's a real gap (note it for `/domain-modeling`).
+
+## Flag ADR conflicts
+
+If your output contradicts an existing ADR, surface it explicitly rather than silently overriding:
+
+> _Contradicts ADR-0007 (event-sourced orders) — but worth reopening because…_

.agents/skills/setup-matt-pocock-skills/issue-tracker-github.md

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+# Issue tracker: GitHub
+
+Issues and PRDs for this repo live as GitHub issues. Use the `gh` CLI for all operations.
+
+## Conventions
+
+- **Create an issue**: `gh issue create --title "..." --body "..."`. Use a heredoc for multi-line bodies.
+- **Read an issue**: `gh issue view <number> --comments`, filtering comments by `jq` and also fetching labels.
+- **List issues**: `gh issue list --state open --json number,title,body,labels,comments --jq '[.[] | {number, title, body, labels: [.labels[].name], comments: [.comments[].body]}]'` with appropriate `--label` and `--state` filters.
+- **Comment on an issue**: `gh issue comment <number> --body "..."`
+- **Apply / remove labels**: `gh issue edit <number> --add-label "..."` / `--remove-label "..."`
+- **Close**: `gh issue close <number> --comment "..."`
+
+Infer the repo from `git remote -v` — `gh` does this automatically when run inside a clone.
+
+## Pull requests as a triage surface
+
+**PRs as a request surface: no.** _(Set to `yes` if this repo treats external PRs as feature requests; `/triage` reads this flag.)_
+
+When set to `yes`, PRs run through the same labels and states as issues, using the `gh pr` equivalents:
+
+- **Read a PR**: `gh pr view <number> --comments` and `gh pr diff <number>` for the diff.
+- **List external PRs for triage**: `gh pr list --state open --json number,title,body,labels,author,authorAssociation,comments` then keep only `authorAssociation` of `CONTRIBUTOR`, `FIRST_TIME_CONTRIBUTOR`, or `NONE` (drop `OWNER`/`MEMBER`/`COLLABORATOR`).
+- **Comment / label / close**: `gh pr comment`, `gh pr edit --add-label`/`--remove-label`, `gh pr close`.
+
+GitHub shares one number space across issues and PRs, so a bare `#42` may be either — resolve with `gh pr view 42` and fall back to `gh issue view 42`.
+
+## When a skill says "publish to the issue tracker"
+
+Create a GitHub issue.
+
+## When a skill says "fetch the relevant ticket"
+
+Run `gh issue view <number> --comments`.

.agents/skills/setup-matt-pocock-skills/issue-tracker-gitlab.md

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+# Issue tracker: GitLab
+
+Issues and PRDs for this repo live as GitLab issues. Use the [`glab`](https://gitlab.com/gitlab-org/cli) CLI for all operations.
+
+## Conventions
+
+- **Create an issue**: `glab issue create --title "..." --description "..."`. Use a heredoc for multi-line descriptions. Pass `--description -` to open an editor.
+- **Read an issue**: `glab issue view <number> --comments`. Use `-F json` for machine-readable output.
+- **List issues**: `glab issue list -F json` with appropriate `--label` filters.
+- **Comment on an issue**: `glab issue note <number> --message "..."`. GitLab calls comments "notes".
+- **Apply / remove labels**: `glab issue update <number> --label "..."` / `--unlabel "..."`. Multiple labels can be comma-separated or by repeating the flag.
+- **Close**: `glab issue close <number>`. `glab issue close` does not accept a closing comment, so post the explanation first with `glab issue note <number> --message "..."`, then close.
+- **Merge requests**: GitLab calls PRs "merge requests". Use `glab mr create`, `glab mr view`, `glab mr note`, etc. — the same shape as `gh pr ...` with `mr` in place of `pr` and `note`/`--message` in place of `comment`/`--body`.
+
+Infer the repo from `git remote -v` — `glab` does this automatically when run inside a clone.
+
+## Merge requests as a triage surface
+
+**MRs as a request surface: no.** _(Set to `yes` if this repo treats external merge requests as feature requests; `/triage` reads this flag.)_
+
+When set to `yes`, MRs run through the same labels and states as issues, using the `glab mr` equivalents:
+
+- **Read an MR**: `glab mr view <number> --comments` and `glab mr diff <number>` for the diff.
+- **List external MRs for triage**: `glab mr list -F json`, then keep only MRs whose author is not a project member/owner (a contributor's MR, not a maintainer's in-flight work).
+- **Comment / label / close**: `glab mr note`, `glab mr update --label`/`--unlabel`, `glab mr close`.
+
+Unlike GitHub, GitLab numbers issues and MRs separately, so `#42` is unambiguous once you know which surface the maintainer means.
+
+## When a skill says "publish to the issue tracker"
+
+Create a GitLab issue.
+
+## When a skill says "fetch the relevant ticket"
+
+Run `glab issue view <number> --comments`.

.agents/skills/setup-matt-pocock-skills/issue-tracker-local.md

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# Issue tracker: Local Markdown
+
+Issues and PRDs for this repo live as markdown files in `.scratch/`.
+
+## Conventions
+
+- One feature per directory: `.scratch/<feature-slug>/`
+- The PRD is `.scratch/<feature-slug>/PRD.md`
+- Implementation issues are `.scratch/<feature-slug>/issues/<NN>-<slug>.md`, numbered from `01`
+- Triage state is recorded as a `Status:` line near the top of each issue file (see `triage-labels.md` for the role strings)
+- Comments and conversation history append to the bottom of the file under a `## Comments` heading
+
+## When a skill says "publish to the issue tracker"
+
+Create a new file under `.scratch/<feature-slug>/` (creating the directory if needed).
+
+## When a skill says "fetch the relevant ticket"
+
+Read the file at the referenced path. The user will normally pass the path or the issue number directly.

.agents/skills/setup-matt-pocock-skills/triage-labels.md

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+# Triage Labels
+
+The skills speak in terms of five canonical triage roles. This file maps those roles to the actual label strings used in this repo's issue tracker.
+
+| Label in mattpocock/skills | Label in our tracker | Meaning                                  |
+| -------------------------- | -------------------- | ---------------------------------------- |
+| `needs-triage`             | `needs-triage`       | Maintainer needs to evaluate this issue  |
+| `needs-info`               | `needs-info`         | Waiting on reporter for more information |
+| `ready-for-agent`          | `ready-for-agent`    | Fully specified, ready for an AFK agent  |
+| `ready-for-human`          | `ready-for-human`    | Requires human implementation            |
+| `wontfix`                  | `wontfix`            | Will not be actioned                     |
+
+When a skill mentions a role (e.g. "apply the AFK-ready triage label"), use the corresponding label string from this table.
+
+Edit the right-hand column to match whatever vocabulary you actually use.

.agents/skills/tdd/SKILL.md

@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+---
+name: tdd
+description: Test-driven development. Use when the user wants to build features or fix bugs test-first, mentions "red-green-refactor", or wants integration tests.
+---
+
+# Test-Driven Development
+
+## Philosophy
+
+**Core principle**: Tests should verify behavior through public interfaces, not implementation details. Code can change entirely; tests shouldn't.
+
+**Good tests** are integration-style: they exercise real code paths through public APIs. They describe _what_ the system does, not _how_ it does it. A good test reads like a specification - "user can checkout with valid cart" tells you exactly what capability exists. These tests survive refactors because they don't care about internal structure.
+
+**Bad tests** are coupled to implementation. They mock internal collaborators, test private methods, or verify through external means (like querying a database directly instead of using the interface). The warning sign: your test breaks when you refactor, but behavior hasn't changed. If you rename an internal function and tests fail, those tests were testing implementation, not behavior.
+
+**Tautological tests** restate the implementation inside the assertion, so they pass by construction and give zero confidence. When the expected value is computed the way the code computes it — `expect(add(a, b)).toBe(a + b)`, snapshotting a figure you derived by hand the same way the code does, asserting a constant equals itself — the test can never disagree with the code: break the code wrong and the assertion breaks wrong with it. The expected value must come from an independent source of truth — a known-good literal, a worked example, the spec.
+
+See [tests.md](tests.md) for examples and [mocking.md](mocking.md) for mocking guidelines.
+
+## Anti-Pattern: Horizontal Slices
+
+**DO NOT write all tests first, then all implementation.** This is "horizontal slicing" - treating RED as "write all tests" and GREEN as "write all code."
+
+This produces **crap tests**:
+
+- Tests written in bulk test _imagined_ behavior, not _actual_ behavior
+- You end up testing the _shape_ of things (data structures, function signatures) rather than user-facing behavior
+- Tests become insensitive to real changes - they pass when behavior breaks, fail when behavior is fine
+- You outrun your headlights, committing to test structure before understanding the implementation
+
+**Correct approach**: Vertical slices via tracer bullets. One test → one implementation → repeat. Each test responds to what you learned from the previous cycle. Because you just wrote the code, you know exactly what behavior matters and how to verify it.
+
+```
+WRONG (horizontal):
+  RED:   test1, test2, test3, test4, test5
+  GREEN: impl1, impl2, impl3, impl4, impl5
+
+RIGHT (vertical):
+  RED→GREEN: test1→impl1
+  RED→GREEN: test2→impl2
+  RED→GREEN: test3→impl3
+  ...
+```
+
+## Workflow
+
+### 1. Planning
+
+When exploring the codebase, read `CONTEXT.md` (if it exists) so that test names and interface vocabulary match the project's domain language, and respect ADRs in the area you're touching.
+
+Before writing any code:
+
+- [ ] Confirm with user what interface changes are needed
+- [ ] Confirm with user which behaviors to test (prioritize)
+- [ ] Identify opportunities for deep modules (small interface, deep implementation) — run the `/codebase-design` skill for the vocabulary and the testability checks
+- [ ] List the behaviors to test (not implementation steps)
+- [ ] Get user approval on the plan
+
+Ask: "What should the public interface look like? Which behaviors are most important to test?"
+
+**You can't test everything.** Confirm with the user exactly which behaviors matter most. Focus testing effort on critical paths and complex logic, not every possible edge case.
+
+### 2. Tracer Bullet
+
+Write ONE test that confirms ONE thing about the system:
+
+```
+RED:   Write test for first behavior → test fails
+GREEN: Write minimal code to pass → test passes
+```
+
+This is your tracer bullet - proves the path works end-to-end.
+
+### 3. Incremental Loop
+
+For each remaining behavior:
+
+```
+RED:   Write next test → fails
+GREEN: Minimal code to pass → passes
+```
+
+Rules:
+
+- One test at a time
+- Only enough code to pass current test
+- Don't anticipate future tests
+- Keep tests focused on observable behavior
+
+### 4. Refactor
+
+After all tests pass, look for [refactor candidates](refactoring.md):
+
+- [ ] Extract duplication
+- [ ] Deepen modules (move complexity behind simple interfaces)
+- [ ] Apply SOLID principles where natural
+- [ ] Consider what new code reveals about existing code
+- [ ] Run tests after each refactor step
+
+**Never refactor while RED.** Get to GREEN first.
+
+## Checklist Per Cycle
+
+```
+[ ] Test describes behavior, not implementation
+[ ] Test uses public interface only
+[ ] Test would survive internal refactor
+[ ] Expected values are independent literals, not recomputed from the code
+[ ] Code is minimal for this test
+[ ] No speculative features added
+```

.agents/skills/tdd/mocking.md

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+# When to Mock
+
+Mock at **system boundaries** only:
+
+- External APIs (payment, email, etc.)
+- Databases (sometimes - prefer test DB)
+- Time/randomness
+- File system (sometimes)
+
+Don't mock:
+
+- Your own classes/modules
+- Internal collaborators
+- Anything you control
+
+## Designing for Mockability
+
+At system boundaries, design interfaces that are easy to mock:
+
+**1. Use dependency injection**
+
+Pass external dependencies in rather than creating them internally:
+
+```typescript
+// Easy to mock
+function processPayment(order, paymentClient) {
+  return paymentClient.charge(order.total);
+}
+
+// Hard to mock
+function processPayment(order) {
+  const client = new StripeClient(process.env.STRIPE_KEY);
+  return client.charge(order.total);
+}
+```
+
+**2. Prefer SDK-style interfaces over generic fetchers**
+
+Create specific functions for each external operation instead of one generic function with conditional logic:
+
+```typescript
+// GOOD: Each function is independently mockable
+const api = {
+  getUser: (id) => fetch(`/users/${id}`),
+  getOrders: (userId) => fetch(`/users/${userId}/orders`),
+  createOrder: (data) => fetch('/orders', { method: 'POST', body: data }),
+};
+
+// BAD: Mocking requires conditional logic inside the mock
+const api = {
+  fetch: (endpoint, options) => fetch(endpoint, options),
+};
+```
+
+The SDK approach means:
+- Each mock returns one specific shape
+- No conditional logic in test setup
+- Easier to see which endpoints a test exercises
+- Type safety per endpoint

.agents/skills/tdd/refactoring.md

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+# Refactor Candidates
+
+After TDD cycle, look for:
+
+- **Duplication** → Extract function/class
+- **Long methods** → Break into private helpers (keep tests on public interface)
+- **Shallow modules** → Combine or deepen
+- **Feature envy** → Move logic to where data lives
+- **Primitive obsession** → Introduce value objects
+- **Existing code** the new code reveals as problematic

.agents/skills/tdd/tests.md

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+# Good and Bad Tests
+
+## Good Tests
+
+**Integration-style**: Test through real interfaces, not mocks of internal parts.
+
+```typescript
+// GOOD: Tests observable behavior
+test("user can checkout with valid cart", async () => {
+  const cart = createCart();
+  cart.add(product);
+  const result = await checkout(cart, paymentMethod);
+  expect(result.status).toBe("confirmed");
+});
+```
+
+Characteristics:
+
+- Tests behavior users/callers care about
+- Uses public API only
+- Survives internal refactors
+- Describes WHAT, not HOW
+- One logical assertion per test
+
+## Bad Tests
+
+**Implementation-detail tests**: Coupled to internal structure.
+
+```typescript
+// BAD: Tests implementation details
+test("checkout calls paymentService.process", async () => {
+  const mockPayment = jest.mock(paymentService);
+  await checkout(cart, payment);
+  expect(mockPayment.process).toHaveBeenCalledWith(cart.total);
+});
+```
+
+Red flags:
+
+- Mocking internal collaborators
+- Testing private methods
+- Asserting on call counts/order
+- Test breaks when refactoring without behavior change
+- Test name describes HOW not WHAT
+- Verifying through external means instead of interface
+
+```typescript
+// BAD: Bypasses interface to verify
+test("createUser saves to database", async () => {
+  await createUser({ name: "Alice" });
+  const row = await db.query("SELECT * FROM users WHERE name = ?", ["Alice"]);
+  expect(row).toBeDefined();
+});
+
+// GOOD: Verifies through interface
+test("createUser makes user retrievable", async () => {
+  const user = await createUser({ name: "Alice" });
+  const retrieved = await getUser(user.id);
+  expect(retrieved.name).toBe("Alice");
+});
+```
+
+**Tautological tests**: Expected value restates the implementation, so the test passes by construction.
+
+```typescript
+// BAD: Expected value is recomputed the way the code computes it
+test("calculateTotal sums line items", () => {
+  const items = [{ price: 10 }, { price: 5 }];
+  const expected = items.reduce((sum, i) => sum + i.price, 0);
+  expect(calculateTotal(items)).toBe(expected);
+});
+
+// GOOD: Expected value is an independent, known literal
+test("calculateTotal sums line items", () => {
+  expect(calculateTotal([{ price: 10 }, { price: 5 }])).toBe(15);
+});
+```

.agents/skills/teach/GLOSSARY-FORMAT.md

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+# GLOSSARY.md Format
+
+`GLOSSARY.md` is the canonical language for this teaching workspace. All explainers, exercises, and learning records should adhere to its terminology. Building it is itself part of learning: compressing a concept into a tight definition is evidence the user understands it.
+
+## Structure
+
+```md
+# {Topic} Glossary
+
+{One or two sentence description of the topic this glossary covers.}
+
+## Terms
+
+**Hypertrophy**:
+Muscle growth driven by mechanical tension and metabolic stress over repeated training sessions.
+_Avoid_: Bulking, getting big
+
+**Progressive overload**:
+Systematically increasing the demand on a muscle over time — via load, volume, or intensity.
+_Avoid_: Pushing harder, levelling up
+
+**RPE (Rate of Perceived Exertion)**:
+A 1–10 self-rating of how hard a set felt, where 10 is failure and 8 means two reps left in the tank.
+_Avoid_: Effort score, intensity rating
+```
+
+## Rules
+
+- **Add a term only when the user understands it.** The glossary is a record of compressed knowledge, not a dictionary the user reads to learn. If the user has just been introduced to a concept, wait until they can use it correctly before promoting it here.
+- **Be opinionated.** When several words exist for the same concept, pick the best one and list the rest as aliases to avoid. This is how language compresses.
+- **Keep definitions tight.** One or two sentences. Define what the term IS, not what it does or how to do it.
+- **Use the glossary's own terms inside definitions.** Once a term is in the glossary, prefer it everywhere — including inside other definitions. This is what makes complex terms easier to grasp later.
+- **Group under subheadings** when natural clusters emerge (e.g. `## Anatomy`, `## Programming`). A flat list is fine when terms cohere.
+- **Flag ambiguities explicitly.** If a term is used loosely in the wider field, note the resolution: "In this workspace, 'set' always means a working set — warm-ups are tracked separately."
+- **Revise as understanding deepens.** A definition the user wrote in week one may be wrong by week six. Update in place; do not leave stale entries.

.agents/skills/teach/LEARNING-RECORD-FORMAT.md

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+# Learning Record Format
+
+Learning records live in `./learning-records/` and use sequential numbering: `0001-slug.md`, `0002-slug.md`, etc. Create the directory lazily — only when the first record is written.
+
+They are the teaching equivalent of ADRs: they capture non-obvious lessons, key insights, and stated prior knowledge that will steer future sessions. They are used to calculate the zone of proximal development.
+
+## Template
+
+```md
+# {Short title of what was learned or established}
+
+{1-3 sentences: what was learned (or what prior knowledge was established), and why it matters for future sessions.}
+```
+
+That is the whole format. A learning record can be a single paragraph. The value is recording _that_ this is now known and _why_ it changes what to teach next — not in filling out sections.
+
+## Optional sections
+
+Only include these when they add genuine value. Most records won't need them.
+
+- **Status** frontmatter (`active | superseded by LR-NNNN`) — useful when an earlier understanding turns out to be wrong and is replaced.
+- **Evidence** — how the user demonstrated the understanding (a question answered, an exercise completed, prior experience cited). Useful when the claim might be revisited.
+- **Implications** — what this unlocks or rules out for future sessions. Worth recording when non-obvious.
+
+## Numbering
+
+Scan `./learning-records/` for the highest existing number and increment by one.
+
+## When to write a learning record
+
+Write one when any of these is true:
+
+1. **The user demonstrated genuine understanding of something non-trivial** — not just exposure, but evidence they can use the concept correctly. This sets a new floor for what to teach next.
+2. **The user disclosed prior knowledge** — "I already know X." Record it so future sessions don't re-teach it. Also record the _depth_ claimed.
+3. **A misconception was corrected** — the user previously believed something wrong and now sees why. These are high-value: they predict future stumbling blocks for related topics.
+4. **The mission shifted in response to learning** — the user discovered they cared about something different than they thought. Cross-link to [[MISSION.md]] and update it.
+
+### What does _not_ qualify
+
+- Material that was merely covered. Coverage is not learning. Wait for evidence.
+- Anything already captured tersely in [[GLOSSARY.md]] as a term definition. Don't duplicate.
+- Session-by-session activity logs. Learning records are not a journal — they are decision-grade insights.
+
+## Supersession
+
+When a later record contradicts an earlier one (the user's understanding deepened or corrected), mark the old record `Status: superseded by LR-NNNN` rather than deleting it. The history of how understanding evolved is itself useful signal.

.agents/skills/teach/MISSION-FORMAT.md

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# MISSION.md Format
+
+`MISSION.md` lives at the workspace root. It captures the _reason_ the user is learning this topic. Every teaching decision — what to teach next, which resources to surface, which exercises to design — should trace back to this document.
+
+## Template
+
+```md
+# Mission: {Topic}
+
+## Why
+{1-3 sentences. The concrete real-world goal the user is chasing. What changes in their life or work when they have this skill? Avoid abstract framings like "to understand X" — push for the underlying outcome.}
+
+## Success looks like
+- {A specific, observable thing the user will be able to do}
+- {Another specific thing}
+- {…}
+
+## Constraints
+- {Time, budget, prior commitments, learning preferences, anything that bounds the approach}
+
+## Out of scope
+- {Adjacent topics the user explicitly does not want to chase right now — protects the zone of proximal development}
+```
+
+## Rules
+
+- **One mission per workspace.** If the user wants to learn two unrelated things, that is two workspaces.
+- **Concrete over abstract.** "Run a half marathon by October" beats "get fitter." "Ship a Rust CLI to my team" beats "learn Rust."
+- **Push back on vagueness.** If the user cannot articulate why, interview them before writing anything. A bad mission is worse than no mission.
+- **Revise when reality shifts.** Missions change. When the user's goal moves, update this file — don't leave a stale mission steering future sessions.
+- **Keep it short.** If `MISSION.md` runs past a screen, it has stopped being a compass and started being a plan.

.agents/skills/teach/RESOURCES-FORMAT.md

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+# RESOURCES.md Format
+
+`RESOURCES.md` is the curated set of trusted sources for this topic. Knowledge for explainers should be drawn from here, not from parametric guesses. Wisdom comes from the communities listed here.
+
+## Structure
+
+```md
+# {Topic} Resources
+
+## Knowledge
+
+- [Book: _The Science and Practice of Strength Training_ — Zatsiorsky & Kraemer](https://example.com)
+  Foundational text on programming and adaptation. Use for: anything to do with periodisation, recovery, intensity zones.
+- [Article: "How Much Should I Train?" — Greg Nuckols (Stronger By Science)](https://example.com)
+  Evidence-based review of volume landmarks. Use for: weekly set targets per muscle group.
+
+## Wisdom (Communities)
+
+- [r/weightroom](https://reddit.com/r/weightroom)
+  High-signal subreddit, moderated against bro-science. Use for: programme critique, plateau troubleshooting.
+- Local: Tuesday strength class at {gym name}
+  Use for: real-time coaching feedback on lifts.
+```
+
+## Rules
+
+- **High-trust only.** Prefer primary sources, recognised experts, peer-reviewed work, and communities with strong moderation. If a resource is marketing dressed as education, leave it out.
+- **Annotate every entry.** A bare link is useless in three months. Add one line: what it covers and when to reach for it.
+- **Group by Knowledge / Wisdom.** Mirrors the philosophy in [SKILL.md](./SKILL.md). It is fine for a resource to appear in only one group.
+- **Surface gaps explicitly.** If no good resource exists for an area the mission needs, write a `## Gaps` section listing what is missing. This drives future search.
+- **Prune ruthlessly.** A resource that turned out to be wrong, shallow, or off-mission should be removed, not buried. Better five sharp sources than thirty mediocre ones.
+- **Record community preferences.** If the user has opted out of joining communities, note it here so future sessions don't keep proposing them.

.agents/skills/teach/SKILL.md

@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+---
+name: teach
+description: Teach the user a new skill or concept, within this workspace.
+disable-model-invocation: true
+argument-hint: "What would you like to learn about?"
+---
+
+The user has asked you to teach them something. This is a stateful request - they intend to learn the topic over multiple sessions.
+
+## Teaching Workspace
+
+Treat the current directory as a teaching workspace. The state of their learning is captured in this directory in several files:
+
+- `MISSION.md`: A document capturing the _reason_ the user is interested in the topic. This should be used to ground all teaching. Use the format in [MISSION-FORMAT.md](./MISSION-FORMAT.md).
+- `./reference/*.html`: A directory of reference materials. These are the compressed learnings from the lessons - cheat sheets, reference algorithms, syntax, yoga poses, glossaries. They are the raw units of learning. They should be beautiful documents which print out well, and are designed for quick reference.
+- `RESOURCES.md`: A list of resources which can be explored to ground your teaching in contextual knowledge, or to acquire knowledge and wisdom. Use the format in [RESOURCES-FORMAT.md](./RESOURCES-FORMAT.md).
+- `./learning-records/*.md`: A directory of learning records, which capture what the user has learned. These are loosely equivalent to architectural decision records in software development - they capture non-obvious lessons and key insights that may need to be revised later, or drive future sessions. These should be used to calculate the zone of proximal development. They are titled `0001-<dash-case-name>.md`, where the number increments each time. Use the format in [LEARNING-RECORD-FORMAT.md](./LEARNING-RECORD-FORMAT.md).
+- `./lessons/*.html`: A directory of lessons. A **lesson** is a single, self-contained HTML output that teaches one tightly-scoped thing tied to the mission. This is the primary unit of teaching in this workspace.
+- `./assets/*`: Reusable **components** shared across lessons. See [Assets](#assets).
+- `NOTES.md`: A scratchpad for you to jot down user preferences, or working notes.
+
+## Philosophy
+
+To learn at a deep level, the user needs three things:
+
+- **Knowledge**, captured from high-quality, high-trust resources
+- **Skills**, acquired through highly-relevant interactive lessons devised by you, based on the knowledge
+- **Wisdom**, which comes from interacting with other learners and practitioners
+
+Before the `RESOURCES.md` is well-populated, your focus should be to find high-quality resources which will help the user acquire knowledge. Never trust your parametric knowledge.
+
+Some topics may require more skills than knowledge. Learning more about theoretical physics might be more knowledge-based. For yoga, more skills-based.
+
+### Fluency vs Storage Strength
+
+You should be careful to split between two types of learning:
+
+- **Fluency strength**: in-the-moment retrieval of knowledge
+- **Storage strength**: long-term retention of knowledge
+
+Fluency can give the user an illusory sense of mastery, but storage strength is the real goal. Try to design lessons which build long-term retention by desirable difficulty:
+
+- Using retrieval practice (recall from memory)
+- Spacing (distributing practice over time)
+- Interleaving (mixing up different but related topics in practice - for skills practice only)
+
+## Lessons
+
+A lesson is the main thing you produce — the unit in which knowledge and skills reach the user. Each lesson is one self-contained HTML file, saved to `./lessons/` and titled `0001-<dash-case-name>.html` where the number increments each time.
+
+A lesson should be **beautiful** — clean, readable typography and layout — since the user will return to these later to review. Think Tufte.
+
+The lesson should be short, and completable very quickly. Learners' working memory is very small, and we need to stay within it. But each lesson should give the user a single tangible win that they can build on. It should be directly tied to the mission, and should be in the user's zone of proximal development.
+
+If possible, open the lesson file for the user by running a CLI command.
+
+Each lesson should link via HTML anchors to other lessons and reference documents.
+
+Each lesson should recommend a primary source for the user to read or watch. This should be the most high-quality, high-trust resource you found on the topic.
+
+Each lesson should contain a reminder to ask followup questions to the agent. The agent is their teacher, and can assist with anything that's unclear.
+
+## Assets
+
+Lessons are built from reusable **components**, stored in `./assets/`: stylesheets, quiz widgets, simulators, diagram helpers — anything a second lesson could reuse.
+
+Reuse is the default, not the exception. Before authoring a lesson, read `./assets/` and build from the components already there. When a lesson needs something new and reusable, write it as a component in `./assets/` and link to it — never inline code a future lesson would duplicate.
+
+A shared stylesheet is the first component every workspace earns: every lesson links it, so the lessons look like one consistent course rather than a pile of one-offs. As the workspace grows, so should the component library.
+
+## The Mission
+
+Every lesson should be tied into the mission - the reason that the user is interested in learning about the topic.
+
+If the user is unclear about the mission, or the `MISSION.md` is not populated, your first job should be to question the user on why they want to learn this.
+
+Failing to understand the mission will mean knowledge acquisition is not grounded in real-world goals. Lessons will feel too abstract. You will have no way of judging what the user should do next.
+
+Missions may change as the user develops more skills and knowledge. This is normal - make sure to update the `MISSION.md` and add a learning record to capture the change. Confirm with the user before changing the mission.
+
+## Zone Of Proximal Development
+
+Each lesson, the user should always feel as if they are being challenged 'just enough'.
+
+The user may specify an exact thing they want to learn. If they don't, figure out their zone of proximal development by:
+
+- Reading their `learning-records`
+- Figuring out the right thing to teach them based on their mission
+- Teach the most relevant thing that fits in their zone of proximal development
+
+## Knowledge
+
+Lessons should be designed around a skill the user is going to learn. The knowledge in the lesson should be only what's required to acquire that skill. You teach the knowledge first, then get the user to practice the skills via an interactive feedback loop.
+
+Knowledge should first be gathered from trusted resources. Use `RESOURCES.md` to keep track of them. Lessons should be littered with citations - links to external resources to back up any claim made. This increases the trustworthiness of the lesson.
+
+For acquiring knowledge, difficulty is the enemy. It eats working memory you need for understanding.
+
+## Skills
+
+If knowledge is all about acquisition, skills are about durability and flexibility. Make the knowledge stick.
+
+For skill acquisition, difficulty is the tool. Effortful retrieval is what builds storage strength. Skills should be taught through interactive lessons. There are several tools at your disposal:
+
+- Interactive lessons, using quizzes and light in-browser tasks
+- Lessons which guide the user through a list of real-world steps to take (for instance, yoga poses)
+
+Each of these should be based on a **feedback loop**, where the user receives feedback on their performance. This feedback loop should be as tight as possible, giving feedback immediately - and ideally automatically.
+
+For quizzes, each answer should be exactly the same number of words (and characters, if possible). Don't give the user any clues about the answer through formatting.
+
+## Acquiring Wisdom
+
+Wisdom comes from true real-world interaction - testing your skills outside the learning environment.
+
+When the user asks a question that appears to require wisdom, your default posture should be to attempt to answer - but to ultimately delegate to a **community**.
+
+A community is a place (online or offline) where the user can test their skills in the real world. This might be a forum, a subreddit, a real-world class (budget permitting) or a local interest group.
+
+You should attempt to find high-reputation communities the user can join. If the user expresses a preference that they don't want to join a community, respect it.
+
+## Reference Documents
+
+While creating lessons, you should also create reference documents. Lessons can reference these documents - they are useful for tracking raw units of knowledge useful across lessons.
+
+Lessons will rarely be revisited later - reference documents will be. They should be the compressed essence of the lesson, in a format designed for quick reference.
+
+Some learning topics lend themselves to reference:
+
+- Syntax and code snippets for programming
+- Algorithms and flowcharts for processes
+- Yoga poses and sequences for yoga
+- Exercises and routines for fitness
+- Glossaries for any topic with its own nomenclature
+
+Glossaries, in particular, are an essential reference. Once one is created, it should be adhered to in every lesson.
+
+## `NOTES.md`
+
+The user will sometimes express preferences of how they want to be taught, or things you should keep in mind. This is the place to record those preferences, so you can refer back to them when designing lessons or working with the user.

.agents/skills/to-issues/SKILL.md

@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+---
+name: to-issues
+description: Break a plan, spec, or PRD into independently-grabbable issues on the project issue tracker using tracer-bullet vertical slices.
+disable-model-invocation: true
+---
+
+# To Issues
+
+Break a plan into independently-grabbable issues using vertical slices (tracer bullets).
+
+The issue tracker and triage label vocabulary should have been provided to you — run `/setup-matt-pocock-skills` if not.
+
+## Process
+
+### 1. Gather context
+
+Work from whatever is already in the conversation context. If the user passes an issue reference (issue number, URL, or path) as an argument, fetch it from the issue tracker and read its full body and comments.
+
+### 2. Explore the codebase (optional)
+
+If you have not already explored the codebase, do so to understand the current state of the code. Issue titles and descriptions should use the project's domain glossary vocabulary, and respect ADRs in the area you're touching.
+
+Look for opportunities to prefactor the code to make the implementation easier. "Make the change easy, then make the easy change."
+
+### 3. Draft vertical slices
+
+Break the plan into **tracer bullet** issues. Each issue is a thin vertical slice that cuts through ALL integration layers end-to-end, NOT a horizontal slice of one layer.
+
+<vertical-slice-rules>
+
+- Each slice delivers a narrow but COMPLETE path through every layer (schema, API, UI, tests)
+- A completed slice is demoable or verifiable on its own
+- Any prefactoring should be done first
+
+</vertical-slice-rules>
+
+### 4. Quiz the user
+
+Present the proposed breakdown as a numbered list. For each slice, show:
+
+- **Title**: short descriptive name
+- **Blocked by**: which other slices (if any) must complete first
+- **User stories covered**: which user stories this addresses (if the source material has them)
+
+Ask the user:
+
+- Does the granularity feel right? (too coarse / too fine)
+- Are the dependency relationships correct?
+- Should any slices be merged or split further?
+
+Iterate until the user approves the breakdown.
+
+### 5. Publish the issues to the issue tracker
+
+For each approved slice, publish a new issue to the issue tracker. Use the issue body template below. These issues are considered ready for AFK agents, so publish them with the correct triage label unless instructed otherwise.
+
+Publish issues in dependency order (blockers first) so you can reference real issue identifiers in the "Blocked by" field.
+
+<issue-template>
+## Parent
+
+A reference to the parent issue on the issue tracker (if the source was an existing issue, otherwise omit this section).
+
+## What to build
+
+A concise description of this vertical slice. Describe the end-to-end behavior, not layer-by-layer implementation.
+
+Avoid specific file paths or code snippets — they go stale fast. Exception: if a prototype produced a snippet that encodes a decision more precisely than prose can (state machine, reducer, schema, type shape), inline it here and note briefly that it came from a prototype. Trim to the decision-rich parts — not a working demo, just the important bits.
+
+## Acceptance criteria
+
+- [ ] Criterion 1
+- [ ] Criterion 2
+- [ ] Criterion 3
+
+## Blocked by
+
+- A reference to the blocking ticket (if any)
+
+Or "None - can start immediately" if no blockers.
+
+</issue-template>
+
+Do NOT close or modify any parent issue.

.agents/skills/to-prd/SKILL.md

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+---
+name: to-prd
+description: Turn the current conversation into a PRD and publish it to the project issue tracker — no interview, just synthesis of what you've already discussed.
+disable-model-invocation: true
+---
+
+This skill takes the current conversation context and codebase understanding and produces a PRD. Do NOT interview the user — just synthesize what you already know.
+
+The issue tracker and triage label vocabulary should have been provided to you — run `/setup-matt-pocock-skills` if not.
+
+## Process
+
+1. Explore the repo to understand the current state of the codebase, if you haven't already. Use the project's domain glossary vocabulary throughout the PRD, and respect any ADRs in the area you're touching.
+
+2. Sketch out the seams at which you're going to test the feature. Existing seams should be preferred to new ones. Use the highest seam possible. If new seams are needed, propose them at the highest point you can. The fewer seams across the codebase, the better - the ideal number is one.
+
+Check with the user that these seams match their expectations.
+
+3. Write the PRD using the template below, then publish it to the project issue tracker. Apply the `ready-for-agent` triage label - no need for additional triage.
+
+<prd-template>
+
+## Problem Statement
+
+The problem that the user is facing, from the user's perspective.
+
+## Solution
+
+The solution to the problem, from the user's perspective.
+
+## User Stories
+
+A LONG, numbered list of user stories. Each user story should be in the format of:
+
+1. As an <actor>, I want a <feature>, so that <benefit>
+
+<user-story-example>
+1. As a mobile bank customer, I want to see balance on my accounts, so that I can make better informed decisions about my spending
+</user-story-example>
+
+This list of user stories should be extremely extensive and cover all aspects of the feature.
+
+## Implementation Decisions
+
+A list of implementation decisions that were made. This can include:
+
+- The modules that will be built/modified
+- The interfaces of those modules that will be modified
+- Technical clarifications from the developer
+- Architectural decisions
+- Schema changes
+- API contracts
+- Specific interactions
+
+Do NOT include specific file paths or code snippets. They may end up being outdated very quickly.
+
+Exception: if a prototype produced a snippet that encodes a decision more precisely than prose can (state machine, reducer, schema, type shape), inline it within the relevant decision and note briefly that it came from a prototype. Trim to the decision-rich parts — not a working demo, just the important bits.
+
+## Testing Decisions
+
+A list of testing decisions that were made. Include:
+
+- A description of what makes a good test (only test external behavior, not implementation details)
+- Which modules will be tested
+- Prior art for the tests (i.e. similar types of tests in the codebase)
+
+## Out of Scope
+
+A description of the things that are out of scope for this PRD.
+
+## Further Notes
+
+Any further notes about the feature.
+
+</prd-template>

.agents/skills/triage/AGENT-BRIEF.md

@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+# Writing Agent Briefs
+
+An agent brief is a structured comment posted on a GitHub issue or PR when it moves to `ready-for-agent`. It is the authoritative specification that an AFK agent will work from. The original body and discussion are context — the agent brief is the contract.
+
+The brief states **what the agent should do**, which stretches to both surfaces: for an issue, that's building the change from nothing; for a PR, it's what's left to do *to the existing diff* — finish it, close gaps, address review points. Same principles either way; the PR example below shows the difference.
+
+## Principles
+
+### Durability over precision
+
+The issue may sit in `ready-for-agent` for days or weeks. The codebase will change in the meantime. Write the brief so it stays useful even as files are renamed, moved, or refactored.
+
+- **Do** describe interfaces, types, and behavioral contracts
+- **Do** name specific types, function signatures, or config shapes that the agent should look for or modify
+- **Don't** reference file paths — they go stale
+- **Don't** reference line numbers
+- **Don't** assume the current implementation structure will remain the same
+
+### Behavioral, not procedural
+
+Describe **what** the system should do, not **how** to implement it. The agent will explore the codebase fresh and make its own implementation decisions.
+
+- **Good:** "The `SkillConfig` type should accept an optional `schedule` field of type `CronExpression`"
+- **Bad:** "Open src/types/skill.ts and add a schedule field on line 42"
+- **Good:** "When a user runs `/triage` with no arguments, they should see a summary of issues needing attention"
+- **Bad:** "Add a switch statement in the main handler function"
+
+### Complete acceptance criteria
+
+The agent needs to know when it's done. Every agent brief must have concrete, testable acceptance criteria. Each criterion should be independently verifiable.
+
+- **Good:** "Running `gh issue list --label needs-triage` returns issues that have been through initial classification"
+- **Bad:** "Triage should work correctly"
+
+### Explicit scope boundaries
+
+State what is out of scope. This prevents the agent from gold-plating or making assumptions about adjacent features.
+
+## Template
+
+```markdown
+## Agent Brief
+
+**Category:** bug / enhancement
+**Summary:** one-line description of what needs to happen
+
+**Current behavior:**
+Describe what happens now. For bugs, this is the broken behavior.
+For enhancements, this is the status quo the feature builds on.
+
+**Desired behavior:**
+Describe what should happen after the agent's work is complete.
+Be specific about edge cases and error conditions.
+
+**Key interfaces:**
+- `TypeName` — what needs to change and why
+- `functionName()` return type — what it currently returns vs what it should return
+- Config shape — any new configuration options needed
+
+**Acceptance criteria:**
+- [ ] Specific, testable criterion 1
+- [ ] Specific, testable criterion 2
+- [ ] Specific, testable criterion 3
+
+**Out of scope:**
+- Thing that should NOT be changed or addressed in this issue
+- Adjacent feature that might seem related but is separate
+```
+
+## Examples
+
+### Good agent brief (bug)
+
+```markdown
+## Agent Brief
+
+**Category:** bug
+**Summary:** Skill description truncation drops mid-word, producing broken output
+
+**Current behavior:**
+When a skill description exceeds 1024 characters, it is truncated at exactly
+1024 characters regardless of word boundaries. This produces descriptions
+that end mid-word (e.g. "Use when the user wants to confi").
+
+**Desired behavior:**
+Truncation should break at the last word boundary before 1024 characters
+and append "..." to indicate truncation.
+
+**Key interfaces:**
+- The `SkillMetadata` type's `description` field — no type change needed,
+  but the validation/processing logic that populates it needs to respect
+  word boundaries
+- Any function that reads SKILL.md frontmatter and extracts the description
+
+**Acceptance criteria:**
+- [ ] Descriptions under 1024 chars are unchanged
+- [ ] Descriptions over 1024 chars are truncated at the last word boundary
+      before 1024 chars
+- [ ] Truncated descriptions end with "..."
+- [ ] The total length including "..." does not exceed 1024 chars
+
+**Out of scope:**
+- Changing the 1024 char limit itself
+- Multi-line description support
+```
+
+### Good agent brief (enhancement)
+
+```markdown
+## Agent Brief
+
+**Category:** enhancement
+**Summary:** Add `.out-of-scope/` directory support for tracking rejected feature requests
+
+**Current behavior:**
+When a feature request is rejected, the issue is closed with a `wontfix` label
+and a comment. There is no persistent record of the decision or reasoning.
+Future similar requests require the maintainer to recall or search for the
+prior discussion.
+
+**Desired behavior:**
+Rejected feature requests should be documented in `.out-of-scope/<concept>.md`
+files that capture the decision, reasoning, and links to all issues that
+requested the feature. When triaging new issues, these files should be
+checked for matches.
+
+**Key interfaces:**
+- Markdown file format in `.out-of-scope/` — each file should have a
+  `# Concept Name` heading, a `**Decision:**` line, a `**Reason:**` line,
+  and a `**Prior requests:**` list with issue links
+- The triage workflow should read all `.out-of-scope/*.md` files early
+  and match incoming issues against them by concept similarity
+
+**Acceptance criteria:**
+- [ ] Closing a feature as wontfix creates/updates a file in `.out-of-scope/`
+- [ ] The file includes the decision, reasoning, and link to the closed issue
+- [ ] If a matching `.out-of-scope/` file already exists, the new issue is
+      appended to its "Prior requests" list rather than creating a duplicate
+- [ ] During triage, existing `.out-of-scope/` files are checked and surfaced
+      when a new issue matches a prior rejection
+
+**Out of scope:**
+- Automated matching (human confirms the match)
+- Reopening previously rejected features
+- Bug reports (only enhancement rejections go to `.out-of-scope/`)
+```
+
+### Good agent brief (PR)
+
+For a PR, "Current behavior" describes the state of the diff, and the brief asks the agent to finish or fix it rather than build from scratch.
+
+```markdown
+## Agent Brief
+
+**Category:** enhancement
+**Summary:** Finish the contributor's `--json` output flag for `triage list`
+
+**Current behavior:**
+The PR adds a `--json` flag that serializes the issue list to JSON. The happy
+path works and the diff matches the project's command structure. Two gaps
+remain: errors are still printed as human text (not JSON), and the new flag has
+no test coverage.
+
+**Desired behavior:**
+With `--json`, all output — including errors — is well-formed JSON on stdout,
+and the command's exit codes are unchanged. The existing human-readable output
+is untouched when the flag is absent.
+
+**Key interfaces:**
+- The command's error path should emit `{ "error": string }` under `--json`
+  instead of the plain-text error
+- Reuse the existing serializer the PR already added; don't introduce a second
+
+**Acceptance criteria:**
+- [ ] `triage list --json` emits valid JSON for both success and error cases
+- [ ] Exit codes match the non-JSON command
+- [ ] A test covers the `--json` success output and one error case
+- [ ] Default (non-JSON) output is byte-for-byte unchanged
+
+**Out of scope:**
+- Adding `--json` to any other command
+- Changing the JSON shape of the success payload the PR already defined
+```
+
+### Bad agent brief
+
+```markdown
+## Agent Brief
+
+**Summary:** Fix the triage bug
+
+**What to do:**
+The triage thing is broken. Look at the main file and fix it.
+The function around line 150 has the issue.
+
+**Files to change:**
+- src/triage/handler.ts (line 150)
+- src/types.ts (line 42)
+```
+
+This is bad because:
+- No category
+- Vague description ("the triage thing is broken")
+- References file paths and line numbers that will go stale
+- No acceptance criteria
+- No scope boundaries
+- No description of current vs desired behavior

.agents/skills/triage/OUT-OF-SCOPE.md

@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+# Out-of-Scope Knowledge Base
+
+The `.out-of-scope/` directory in a repo stores persistent records of rejected feature requests. It serves two purposes:
+
+1. **Institutional memory** — why a feature was rejected, so the reasoning isn't lost when the issue is closed
+2. **Deduplication** — when a new issue comes in that matches a prior rejection, the skill can surface the previous decision instead of re-litigating it
+
+## Directory structure
+
+```
+.out-of-scope/
+├── dark-mode.md
+├── plugin-system.md
+└── graphql-api.md
+```
+
+One file per **concept**, not per issue. Multiple issues requesting the same thing are grouped under one file.
+
+## File format
+
+The file should be written in a relaxed, readable style — more like a short design document than a database entry. Use paragraphs, code samples, and examples to make the reasoning clear and useful to someone encountering it for the first time.
+
+```markdown
+# Dark Mode
+
+This project does not support dark mode or user-facing theming.
+
+## Why this is out of scope
+
+The rendering pipeline assumes a single color palette defined in
+`ThemeConfig`. Supporting multiple themes would require:
+
+- A theme context provider wrapping the entire component tree
+- Per-component theme-aware style resolution
+- A persistence layer for user theme preferences
+
+This is a significant architectural change that doesn't align with the
+project's focus on content authoring. Theming is a concern for downstream
+consumers who embed or redistribute the output.
+
+```ts
+// The current ThemeConfig interface is not designed for runtime switching:
+interface ThemeConfig {
+  colors: ColorPalette; // single palette, resolved at build time
+  fonts: FontStack;
+}
+```
+
+## Prior requests
+
+- #42 — "Add dark mode support"
+- #87 — "Night theme for accessibility"
+- #134 — "Dark theme option"
+```
+
+### Naming the file
+
+Use a short, descriptive kebab-case name for the concept: `dark-mode.md`, `plugin-system.md`, `graphql-api.md`. The name should be recognizable enough that someone browsing the directory understands what was rejected without opening the file.
+
+### Writing the reason
+
+The reason should be substantive — not "we don't want this" but why. Good reasons reference:
+
+- Project scope or philosophy ("This project focuses on X; theming is a downstream concern")
+- Technical constraints ("Supporting this would require Y, which conflicts with our Z architecture")
+- Strategic decisions ("We chose to use A instead of B because...")
+
+The reason should be durable. Avoid referencing temporary circumstances ("we're too busy right now") — those aren't real rejections, they're deferrals.
+
+## When to check `.out-of-scope/`
+
+During triage (Step 1: Gather context), read all files in `.out-of-scope/`. When evaluating a new issue:
+
+- Check if the request matches an existing out-of-scope concept
+- Matching is by concept similarity, not keyword — "night theme" matches `dark-mode.md`
+- If there's a match, surface it to the maintainer: "This is similar to `.out-of-scope/dark-mode.md` — we rejected this before because [reason]. Do you still feel the same way?"
+
+The maintainer may:
+
+- **Confirm** — the new issue gets added to the existing file's "Prior requests" list, then closed
+- **Reconsider** — the out-of-scope file gets deleted or updated, and the issue proceeds through normal triage
+- **Disagree** — the issues are related but distinct, proceed with normal triage
+
+## When to write to `.out-of-scope/`
+
+Only when an **enhancement** (not a bug) is *rejected* as `wontfix`. This applies to enhancement PRs exactly as it does to issues — a rejected PR is recorded here so the same request doesn't return as fresh code.
+
+Do **not** write here when something is closed as `wontfix` because it's **already implemented**. That's a built feature, not a rejected one; recording it would poison the dedup checks with false rejections. Instead, the closing comment points to where the feature already lives.
+
+The flow:
+
+1. Maintainer decides a feature request is out of scope
+2. Check if a matching `.out-of-scope/` file already exists
+3. If yes: append the new issue to the "Prior requests" list
+4. If no: create a new file with the concept name, decision, reason, and first prior request
+5. Post a comment on the issue explaining the decision and mentioning the `.out-of-scope/` file
+6. Close the issue with the `wontfix` label
+
+## Updating or removing out-of-scope files
+
+If the maintainer changes their mind about a previously rejected concept:
+
+- Delete the `.out-of-scope/` file
+- The skill does not need to reopen old issues — they're historical records
+- The new issue that triggered the reconsideration proceeds through normal triage

.agents/skills/triage/SKILL.md

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+---
+name: triage
+description: Move issues and external PRs through a state machine of triage roles — categorise, verify, grill if needed, and write agent-ready briefs.
+disable-model-invocation: true
+---
+
+# Triage
+
+Move issues on the project issue tracker through a small state machine of triage roles.
+
+If this repo treats external pull requests as a request surface (see the issue-tracker config), triage covers them too: **a PR is an issue with attached code** — same roles, same states, same machine, with a few deltas marked "for a PR" below. Resolve a bare `#42` to an issue or PR per the tracker config.
+
+Every comment or issue posted to the issue tracker during triage **must** start with this disclaimer:
+
+```
+> *This was generated by AI during triage.*
+```
+
+## Reference docs
+
+- [AGENT-BRIEF.md](AGENT-BRIEF.md) — how to write durable agent briefs
+- [OUT-OF-SCOPE.md](OUT-OF-SCOPE.md) — how the `.out-of-scope/` knowledge base works
+
+## Roles
+
+Two **category** roles:
+
+- `bug` — something is broken
+- `enhancement` — new feature or improvement
+
+Five **state** roles:
+
+- `needs-triage` — maintainer needs to evaluate
+- `needs-info` — waiting on reporter for more information
+- `ready-for-agent` — fully specified, ready for an AFK agent
+- `ready-for-human` — needs human implementation
+- `wontfix` — will not be actioned
+
+For a PR, the same states read against the attached code: `ready-for-agent` means a brief is attached and an agent should take the next step on the diff; `ready-for-human` means it's ready for a human to merge.
+
+Every triaged issue should carry exactly one category role and one state role. If state roles conflict, flag it and ask the maintainer before doing anything else.
+
+These are canonical role names — the actual label strings used in the issue tracker may differ. The mapping should have been provided to you - run `/setup-matt-pocock-skills` if not.
+
+State transitions: an unlabeled issue normally goes to `needs-triage` first; from there it moves to `needs-info`, `ready-for-agent`, `ready-for-human`, or `wontfix`. `needs-info` returns to `needs-triage` once the reporter replies. The maintainer can override at any time — flag transitions that look unusual and ask before proceeding.
+
+## Invocation
+
+The maintainer invokes `/triage` and describes what they want in natural language. Interpret the request and act. Examples:
+
+- "Show me anything that needs my attention"
+- "Let's look at #42" (issue or PR)
+- "Move #42 to ready-for-agent"
+- "What's ready for agents to pick up?"
+
+## Show what needs attention
+
+Query the issue tracker and present three buckets, oldest first:
+
+1. **Unlabeled** — never triaged.
+2. **`needs-triage`** — evaluation in progress.
+3. **`needs-info` with reporter activity since the last triage notes** — needs re-evaluation.
+
+When PRs are in scope, include external PRs in these buckets and tag each line `[PR]` or `[issue]`. Discovery surfaces only *external* PRs (the tracker config defines who counts as external) — a collaborator's in-flight PR is not triage work. This filter is discovery-only; an explicitly named PR is always triaged regardless of author.
+
+Show counts and a one-line summary per item. Let the maintainer pick.
+
+## Triage a specific issue or PR
+
+1. **Gather context.** Read the full issue or PR (body, comments, labels, author, dates; for a PR, the diff too). Parse any prior triage notes so you don't re-ask resolved questions. Explore the codebase using the project's domain glossary, respecting ADRs in the area. Run two checks against the codebase: (a) **redundancy** — search for an existing implementation of the requested behavior by domain concept (not just the request's wording), and report where you looked. If found, it's an already-implemented `wontfix` (step 5). (b) **prior rejection** — read `.out-of-scope/*.md` and surface any that resembles this request.
+
+2. **Recommend.** Tell the maintainer your category and state recommendation with reasoning, plus a brief codebase summary relevant to the request — including whether it's already implemented. Wait for direction.
+
+3. **Verify the claim.** Before any grilling, check that the claim holds up. For a bug, reproduce it from the reporter's steps. For a PR, confirm the diff does what it claims — check it out, run the relevant tests or commands. Report what happened: confirmed (with code path), failed, or insufficient detail (a strong `needs-info` signal). A confirmed verification makes a much stronger agent brief.
+
+4. **Grill (if needed).** If the request needs fleshing out, run the `/grilling` and `/domain-modeling` skills together — grill it into shape one question at a time, sharpening domain terms and updating `CONTEXT.md`/ADRs inline as decisions land.
+
+5. **Apply the outcome:**
+   - `ready-for-agent` — post an agent brief comment ([AGENT-BRIEF.md](AGENT-BRIEF.md)).
+   - `ready-for-human` — same structure as an agent brief, but note why it can't be delegated (judgment calls, external access, design decisions, manual testing).
+   - `needs-info` — post triage notes (template below).
+   - `wontfix` — close, with the comment depending on *why*:
+     - **Already implemented** — the change already exists in the codebase. Point to where it lives; do **not** write to `.out-of-scope/` (that KB is for *rejected* requests, not built ones).
+     - **Rejected (bug)** — polite explanation, then close.
+     - **Rejected (enhancement)** — write to `.out-of-scope/`, link to it from a comment, then close ([OUT-OF-SCOPE.md](OUT-OF-SCOPE.md)).
+   - `needs-triage` — apply the role. Optional comment if there's partial progress.
+
+## Quick state override
+
+If the maintainer says "move #42 to ready-for-agent", trust them and apply the role directly. Confirm what you're about to do (role changes, comment, close), then act. Skip grilling. If moving to `ready-for-agent` without a grilling session, ask whether they want to write an agent brief.
+
+## Needs-info template
+
+```markdown
+## Triage Notes
+
+**What we've established so far:**
+
+- point 1
+- point 2
+
+**What we still need from you (@reporter):**
+
+- question 1
+- question 2
+```
+
+Capture everything resolved during grilling under "established so far" so the work isn't lost. Questions must be specific and actionable, not "please provide more info".
+
+## Resuming a previous session
+
+If prior triage notes exist on the issue or PR, read them, check whether the reporter has answered any outstanding questions, and present an updated picture before continuing. Don't re-ask resolved questions.

.agents/skills/write-a-skill/SKILL.md

@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+---
+name: write-a-skill
+description: Create new agent skills with proper structure, progressive disclosure, and bundled resources. Use when user wants to create, write, or build a new skill.
+---
+
+# Writing Skills
+
+## Process
+
+1. **Gather requirements** - ask user about:
+   - What task/domain does the skill cover?
+   - What specific use cases should it handle?
+   - Does it need executable scripts or just instructions?
+   - Any reference materials to include?
+
+2. **Draft the skill** - create:
+   - SKILL.md with concise instructions
+   - Additional reference files if content exceeds 500 lines
+   - Utility scripts if deterministic operations needed
+
+3. **Review with user** - present draft and ask:
+   - Does this cover your use cases?
+   - Anything missing or unclear?
+   - Should any section be more/less detailed?
+
+## Skill Structure
+
+```
+skill-name/
+├── SKILL.md           # Main instructions (required)
+├── REFERENCE.md       # Detailed docs (if needed)
+├── EXAMPLES.md        # Usage examples (if needed)
+└── scripts/           # Utility scripts (if needed)
+    └── helper.js
+```
+
+## SKILL.md Template
+
+```md
+---
+name: skill-name
+description: Brief description of capability. Use when [specific triggers].
+---
+
+# Skill Name
+
+## Quick start
+
+[Minimal working example]
+
+## Workflows
+
+[Step-by-step processes with checklists for complex tasks]
+
+## Advanced features
+
+[Link to separate files: See [REFERENCE.md](REFERENCE.md)]
+```
+
+## Description Requirements
+
+The description is **the only thing your agent sees** when deciding which skill to load. It's surfaced in the system prompt alongside all other installed skills. Your agent reads these descriptions and picks the relevant skill based on the user's request.
+
+**Goal**: Give your agent just enough info to know:
+
+1. What capability this skill provides
+2. When/why to trigger it (specific keywords, contexts, file types)
+
+**Format**:
+
+- Max 1024 chars
+- Write in third person
+- First sentence: what it does
+- Second sentence: "Use when [specific triggers]"
+
+**Good example**:
+
+```
+Extract text and tables from PDF files, fill forms, merge documents. Use when working with PDF files or when user mentions PDFs, forms, or document extraction.
+```
+
+**Bad example**:
+
+```
+Helps with documents.
+```
+
+The bad example gives your agent no way to distinguish this from other document skills.
+
+## When to Add Scripts
+
+Add utility scripts when:
+
+- Operation is deterministic (validation, formatting)
+- Same code would be generated repeatedly
+- Errors need explicit handling
+
+Scripts save tokens and improve reliability vs generated code.
+
+## When to Split Files
+
+Split into separate files when:
+
+- SKILL.md exceeds 100 lines
+- Content has distinct domains (finance vs sales schemas)
+- Advanced features are rarely needed
+
+## Review Checklist
+
+After drafting, verify:
+
+- [ ] Description includes triggers ("Use when...")
+- [ ] SKILL.md under 100 lines
+- [ ] No time-sensitive info
+- [ ] Consistent terminology
+- [ ] Concrete examples included
+- [ ] References one level deep

.agents/skills/zoom-out/SKILL.md

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+---
+name: zoom-out
+description: Tell the agent to zoom out and give broader context or a higher-level perspective. Use when you're unfamiliar with a section of code or need to understand how it fits into the bigger picture.
+disable-model-invocation: true
+---
+
+I don't know this area of code well. Go up a layer of abstraction. Give me a map of all the relevant modules and callers, using the project's domain glossary vocabulary.

.claude/skills/caveman

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+../../.agents/skills/caveman

.claude/skills/ccc

@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-../../.agents/skills/ccc

.claude/skills/diagnose

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+../../.agents/skills/diagnose

.claude/skills/grill-me

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+../../.agents/skills/grill-me

.claude/skills/grill-with-docs

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+../../.agents/skills/grill-with-docs

.claude/skills/handoff

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+../../.agents/skills/handoff

.claude/skills/improve-codebase-architecture

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+../../.agents/skills/improve-codebase-architecture

.claude/skills/prototype

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+../../.agents/skills/prototype

.claude/skills/setup-matt-pocock-skills

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+../../.agents/skills/setup-matt-pocock-skills

.claude/skills/tdd

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+../../.agents/skills/tdd

.claude/skills/teach

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+../../.agents/skills/teach

.claude/skills/to-issues

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+../../.agents/skills/to-issues

.claude/skills/to-prd

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+../../.agents/skills/to-prd

.claude/skills/triage

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+../../.agents/skills/triage

.claude/skills/write-a-skill

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+../../.agents/skills/write-a-skill

.claude/skills/zoom-out

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+../../.agents/skills/zoom-out

.codex/skills/export-datasource/SKILL.md

@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+---
+name: export-datasource
+description: Project-specific guide for implementing, modifying, or reviewing export data sources in junhong_cmp_fiber. Use when Codex needs to add a new export scene, extend filters or dynamic columns, register an export scene, change export task query behavior, or explain/debug the DataSource-based export system.
+---
+
+# Export Datasource
+
+Use this skill to work on this project's DataSource-based export system. It covers developer-facing export scene implementation, not one-off manual export operations.
+
+## First Reads
+
+Before editing export code, read the relevant current files:
+
+- `internal/exporter/datasource.go`
+- `internal/exporter/query_params.go`
+- `internal/exporter/filter_helpers.go`
+- `internal/exporter/registry.go`
+- Existing scene closest to the new scene:
+  - `internal/exporter/device_scene.go`
+  - `internal/exporter/iot_card_scene.go`
+- For request/scene validation:
+  - `internal/model/dto/export_task_dto.go`
+  - `pkg/constants/constants.go`
+- For behavior across worker stages:
+  - `internal/task/export_dispatch.go`
+  - `internal/task/export_shard.go`
+  - `internal/task/export_finalize.go`
+
+Read `references/export-scene-template.md` when adding a new scene or when a concrete code skeleton is useful.
+
+## Mental Model
+
+The framework owns async execution, sharding, file generation, OSS upload, and download URLs. A scene implementation owns only data semantics:
+
+```go
+type DataSource interface {
+    Scene() string
+    Count(ctx context.Context, params ExportParams) (int, error)
+    Headers(ctx context.Context, params ExportParams) ([]string, error)
+    Fetch(ctx context.Context, params ExportParams, offset, limit int) ([][]string, error)
+}
+```
+
+Execution flow:
+
+1. Admin API creates `tb_export_task` and enqueues `export:dispatch`.
+2. Dispatch parses `query_json.filters` plus permission snapshot into `ExportParams`.
+3. Dispatch calls `Headers` once and stores `query_json.resolved_headers`.
+4. Dispatch calls `Count` and creates `tb_export_shard_task` rows with `shard_offset` and `shard_limit`.
+5. Shard calls `Fetch`, writes headerless CSV shard files, and uploads them.
+6. Finalize downloads shard CSV files in shard order, writes one header row, uploads final CSV or converts CSV to XLSX.
+
+Do not reintroduce keyset cursor logic. New scenes must use offset/limit through `Fetch`.
+
+## Implementation Workflow
+
+1. Add a scene constant in `pkg/constants/constants.go`.
+2. Update `internal/model/dto/export_task_dto.go` validation and descriptions for `scene`.
+3. Implement `internal/exporter/<scene>_scene.go` with `DataSource`.
+4. Register the source in `NewDefaultRegistry`.
+5. Update `IsSupportedScene` if it is used by the current code path.
+6. Add or update migrations only if the exported domain needs schema/index changes. Do not change export task tables unless the framework contract changes.
+7. Build and manually verify. This repository forbids automated tests unless the user explicitly requests them.
+
+## DataSource Rules
+
+- `Scene` must return the constant, not a string literal.
+- `Count` and `Fetch` must apply the same filters and permission scope.
+- `Headers` defines the exact column contract for the whole task. Dispatch stores it once; shards and finalize reuse it.
+- `Fetch` must return rows aligned to `Headers`; the framework pads/truncates as a fallback, but the source should be correct.
+- `Fetch` must use stable ordering, normally `ORDER BY id ASC`.
+- Return string values only. Format time as `2006-01-02 15:04:05` unless the surrounding scene establishes another convention.
+- Use GORM only. Do not use `database/sql`.
+- Keep SQL parameters bound through GORM placeholders. Do not concatenate user-controlled values into SQL.
+- Keep comments, logs, errors, and documentation in Chinese per project rules.
+
+## Filters And Permissions
+
+Incoming task query shape:
+
+```json
+{
+  "filters": {
+    "status": 1,
+    "shop_id": 1
+  }
+}
+```
+
+`ParseExportParams` exposes:
+
+- `Filters`: `query_json.filters`
+- `ScopeShopIDs`: shop permission snapshot captured at task creation
+- `UserType`: creator user type snapshot
+
+Apply permission scope inside each DataSource:
+
+```go
+query = applyExportShopScope(query, params, "shop_id")
+```
+
+For aliased queries:
+
+```go
+query = applyExportShopScope(query, params, "o.shop_id")
+```
+
+Use helpers from `filter_helpers.go`:
+
+- `filterInt`
+- `filterUint`
+- `filterString`
+- `filterBool`
+- `filterTime`
+- `formatOptionalUint`
+- `formatOptionalTime`
+
+Do not read live permissions from context inside a DataSource. Export tasks must use the permission snapshot stored at creation time.
+
+## Dynamic Columns
+
+Use dynamic headers only when the task parameters or data require it. If `Headers` changes based on filters, `Fetch` must produce the same shape for every shard under the same `ExportParams`.
+
+Example pattern:
+
+```go
+headers := []string{"ID", "ICCID", "状态"}
+if filterBool(params.Filters, "with_package") {
+    headers = append(headers, "套餐名称", "套餐状态")
+}
+return headers, nil
+```
+
+## Join Queries
+
+JOIN-based exports are allowed. Keep these constraints:
+
+- Preserve one output row per intended exported entity unless the scene explicitly exports detail rows.
+- If a JOIN can multiply rows, make `Count` match the exported row semantics exactly.
+- Use table aliases consistently in filters and scope columns.
+- Prefer explicit `Select` into a local row struct for multi-table exports.
+- Keep `Order`, `Limit`, and `Offset` on the final query used by `Fetch`.
+
+## User-Facing API Notes
+
+Current API group:
+
+- `POST /api/admin/export-tasks`
+- `GET /api/admin/export-tasks`
+- `GET /api/admin/export-tasks/:id`
+- `POST /api/admin/export-tasks/:id/cancel`
+
+Creation request:
+
+```json
+{
+  "scene": "iot_card",
+  "format": "csv",
+  "query": {
+    "filters": {
+      "shop_id": 1,
+      "with_package": true
+    }
+  }
+}
+```
+
+Formats are `csv` and `xlsx`. Final download URLs are returned from task detail after completion.
+
+## Verification
+
+This project forbids automated tests and `_test.go` files unless the user explicitly asks for tests. Use manual verification:
+
+```bash
+go build ./internal/exporter/...
+go build ./internal/task/...
+go build ./...
+```
+
+Then create an export task through the API and inspect:
+
+- `tb_export_task.query_json` contains original `filters` and generated `resolved_headers`.
+- `tb_export_task.total_rows` matches the filtered query.
+- `tb_export_shard_task.shard_offset` and `shard_limit` are filled.
+- Shards reach success and final task reaches completed status.
+- Downloaded file has one header row, expected row count, correct filtering, and valid CSV/XLSX format.
+
+Use PostgreSQL MCP/manual SQL for data validation when needed.
+
+## Common Mistakes
+
+- Updating only `Fetch` and forgetting `Count`, causing wrong shard planning.
+- Returning dynamic rows whose column count does not match `Headers`.
+- Filtering by requested `shop_id` without also applying `ScopeShopIDs`.
+- Using context/user middleware inside worker DataSource logic.
+- Registering the source but forgetting DTO `oneof`, so API rejects the new scene.
+- Writing XLSX shard files. Shards should be CSV; finalize handles final format.
+- Adding automated tests despite the repository ban.

.codex/skills/export-datasource/agents/openai.yaml

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+interface:
+  display_name: "导出数据源开发"
+  short_description: "指导新增和维护项目导出数据源场景"
+  default_prompt: "Use $export-datasource to add a new export scene for this project."

.codex/skills/export-datasource/references/export-scene-template.md

@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+# Export Scene Template
+
+Use this reference when adding a new export scene.
+
+## Minimal Checklist
+
+- Add `ExportTaskSceneXxx` in `pkg/constants/constants.go`.
+- Add the scene to `CreateExportTaskRequest.Scene` and `ListExportTaskRequest.Scene` validation/description.
+- Create `internal/exporter/<scene>_scene.go`.
+- Register `NewXxxDataSource(db)` in `internal/exporter/registry.go`.
+- Update `IsSupportedScene`.
+- Run `gofmt` on changed Go files.
+- Run `go build ./internal/exporter/...`, `go build ./internal/task/...`, and `go build ./...`.
+- Manually create a task and validate database rows plus downloaded file.
+
+## Skeleton
+
+```go
+package exporter
+
+import (
+    "context"
+    "strconv"
+
+    "gorm.io/gorm"
+
+    "github.com/break/junhong_cmp_fiber/internal/model"
+    "github.com/break/junhong_cmp_fiber/pkg/constants"
+)
+
+// XxxDataSource Xxx 导出数据源。
+type XxxDataSource struct {
+    db *gorm.DB
+}
+
+// NewXxxDataSource 创建 Xxx 导出数据源。
+func NewXxxDataSource(db *gorm.DB) *XxxDataSource {
+    return &XxxDataSource{db: db}
+}
+
+// Scene 返回导出场景编码。
+func (s *XxxDataSource) Scene() string {
+    return constants.ExportTaskSceneXxx
+}
+
+// Count 统计 Xxx 导出行数。
+func (s *XxxDataSource) Count(ctx context.Context, params ExportParams) (int, error) {
+    var total int64
+    query := s.applyFilters(s.db.WithContext(ctx).Model(&model.Xxx{}), params)
+    if err := query.Count(&total).Error; err != nil {
+        return 0, err
+    }
+    return int(total), nil
+}
+
+// Headers 返回 Xxx 导出表头。
+func (s *XxxDataSource) Headers(ctx context.Context, params ExportParams) ([]string, error) {
+    return []string{"ID", "名称", "状态", "店铺ID", "创建时间"}, nil
+}
+
+// Fetch 按 offset/limit 查询 Xxx 导出数据。
+func (s *XxxDataSource) Fetch(ctx context.Context, params ExportParams, offset, limit int) ([][]string, error) {
+    if limit <= 0 {
+        return [][]string{}, nil
+    }
+
+    var items []model.Xxx
+    query := s.applyFilters(s.db.WithContext(ctx).Model(&model.Xxx{}), params).
+        Order("id ASC").
+        Limit(limit).
+        Offset(offset)
+    if err := query.Find(&items).Error; err != nil {
+        return nil, err
+    }
+
+    rows := make([][]string, 0, len(items))
+    for _, item := range items {
+        rows = append(rows, []string{
+            strconv.FormatUint(uint64(item.ID), 10),
+            item.Name,
+            strconv.Itoa(item.Status),
+            formatOptionalUint(item.ShopID),
+            item.CreatedAt.Format(exportTimeLayout),
+        })
+    }
+    return rows, nil
+}
+
+func (s *XxxDataSource) applyFilters(query *gorm.DB, params ExportParams) *gorm.DB {
+    query = applyExportShopScope(query, params, "shop_id")
+
+    if status, ok := filterInt(params.Filters, "status"); ok {
+        query = query.Where("status = ?", status)
+    }
+    if shopID, ok := filterUint(params.Filters, "shop_id"); ok {
+        query = query.Where("shop_id = ?", shopID)
+    }
+    if start, ok := filterTime(params.Filters, "created_at_start"); ok {
+        query = query.Where("created_at >= ?", start)
+    }
+    if end, ok := filterTime(params.Filters, "created_at_end"); ok {
+        query = query.Where("created_at <= ?", end)
+    }
+    return query
+}
+```
+
+## JOIN Skeleton
+
+Use this shape for multi-table exports:
+
+```go
+type xxxExportRow struct {
+    ID        uint
+    Name      string
+    Status    int
+    ShopID    *uint
+    ExtraName string
+    CreatedAt time.Time
+}
+
+func (s *XxxDataSource) Fetch(ctx context.Context, params ExportParams, offset, limit int) ([][]string, error) {
+    if limit <= 0 {
+        return [][]string{}, nil
+    }
+
+    var items []xxxExportRow
+    query := s.applyFilters(s.db.WithContext(ctx).Table("tb_xxx AS x"), params, "x.").
+        Select(`
+            x.id,
+            x.name,
+            x.status,
+            x.shop_id,
+            COALESCE(e.name, '') AS extra_name,
+            x.created_at
+        `).
+        Joins("LEFT JOIN tb_extra AS e ON e.xxx_id = x.id AND e.deleted_at IS NULL").
+        Where("x.deleted_at IS NULL").
+        Order("x.id ASC").
+        Limit(limit).
+        Offset(offset)
+    if err := query.Scan(&items).Error; err != nil {
+        return nil, err
+    }
+
+    rows := make([][]string, 0, len(items))
+    for _, item := range items {
+        rows = append(rows, []string{
+            strconv.FormatUint(uint64(item.ID), 10),
+            item.Name,
+            strconv.Itoa(item.Status),
+            formatOptionalUint(item.ShopID),
+            item.ExtraName,
+            item.CreatedAt.Format(exportTimeLayout),
+        })
+    }
+    return rows, nil
+}
+
+func (s *XxxDataSource) applyFilters(query *gorm.DB, params ExportParams, prefix string) *gorm.DB {
+    query = applyExportShopScope(query, params, prefix+"shop_id")
+    if status, ok := filterInt(params.Filters, "status"); ok {
+        query = query.Where(prefix+"status = ?", status)
+    }
+    return query
+}
+```
+
+If the JOIN multiplies rows, update `Count` to count the same exported row set. Do not count only the base table unless `Fetch` also returns one row per base record.
+
+## Registry Patch
+
+```go
+func NewDefaultRegistry(db *gorm.DB) *Registry {
+    return NewRegistry(
+        NewDeviceDataSource(db),
+        NewIotCardDataSource(db),
+        NewXxxDataSource(db),
+    )
+}
+
+func IsSupportedScene(scene string) bool {
+    switch scene {
+    case constants.ExportTaskSceneDevice,
+        constants.ExportTaskSceneIotCard,
+        constants.ExportTaskSceneXxx:
+        return true
+    default:
+        return false
+    }
+}
+```
+
+## Manual API Smoke
+
+```bash
+curl -X POST 'http://localhost:端口/api/admin/export-tasks' \
+  -H 'Authorization: Bearer <token>' \
+  -H 'Content-Type: application/json' \
+  -d '{
+    "scene": "xxx",
+    "format": "csv",
+    "query": {
+      "filters": {
+        "status": 1
+      }
+    }
+  }'
+```
+
+Check database:
+
+```sql
+SELECT id, scene, format, status, total_rows, total_shards, query_json
+FROM tb_export_task
+WHERE id = <task_id>;
+
+SELECT shard_no, status, shard_offset, shard_limit, row_count, file_key
+FROM tb_export_shard_task
+WHERE task_id = <task_id>
+ORDER BY shard_no;
+```

.config/dbhub.toml

@@ -1,7 +1,20 @@
 [[sources]]
 id = "main"
+description = "当前项目库"
 dsn = "postgresql://erp_pgsql:erp_2025@cxd.whcxd.cn:16159/junhong_cmp_test?sslmode=disable"
 
+[[sources]]
+id = "legacy_mysql"
+description = "老系统 MySQL 库，仅用于 AI 查询和迁移脚本准备"
+type = "mysql"
+host = "120.79.89.216"
+port = 3306
+database = "kyhl"
+user = "root"
+password = "XiWaJ9Eu%go9-2>g!xGp"
+sslmode = "disable"
+lazy = true
+
 [[tools]]
 name = "search_objects"
 source = "main"
@@ -11,3 +24,13 @@ name = "execute_sql"
 source = "main"
 readonly = true    # Only allow SELECT, SHOW, DESCRIBE, EXPLAIN
 max_rows = 1000     # Limit query results
+
+[[tools]]
+name = "search_objects"
+source = "legacy_mysql"
+
+[[tools]]
+name = "execute_sql"
+source = "legacy_mysql"
+readonly = true    # Only allow SELECT, SHOW, DESCRIBE, EXPLAIN
+max_rows = 5000     # Limit query results for migration exploration

.env

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+MIGRATIONS_DIR=migrations
+DB_HOST=cxd.whcxd.cn
+DB_PORT=16159
+DB_USER=erp_pgsql
+DB_PASSWORD=erp_2025
+DB_NAME=junhong_cmp_test
+DB_SSLMODE=disable
+GOOGLE_GEMINI_BASE_URL="http://45.155.220.179:8317"  # 根据实际填写你服务器的ip地址或者域名
+GEMINI_API_KEY="sk-VoNbvr6aGpjvZX64rvhrwowrZrCgtGuX9oxykIy8F1DBg"
+GOOGLE_GENAI_USE_GCA="true"
+GEMINI_MODEL="gemini-3-pro-preview" # 如果你有gemini3权限可以填： gemini-3-pro-preview

.env.local

@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+# ============================================================================
+# 君鸿卡管系统 - 本地开发环境变量
+# 生成时间: 2026-01-30 17:45:14
+# ============================================================================
+# 使用方法：
+#   source .env.local && go run cmd/api/main.go
+# 或者：
+#   ./scripts/run-local.sh
+# ============================================================================
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 数据库配置（必填）
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+export JUNHONG_DATABASE_HOST="cxd.whcxd.cn"
+export JUNHONG_DATABASE_PORT="16159"
+export JUNHONG_DATABASE_USER="erp_pgsql"
+export JUNHONG_DATABASE_PASSWORD="erp_2025"
+export JUNHONG_DATABASE_DBNAME="junhong_cmp_test"
+export JUNHONG_DATABASE_SSLMODE="disable"
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Redis 配置（必填）
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+export JUNHONG_REDIS_ADDRESS="cxd.whcxd.cn"
+export JUNHONG_REDIS_PORT="16299"
+export JUNHONG_REDIS_PASSWORD="cpNbWtAaqgo1YJmbMp3h"
+export JUNHONG_REDIS_DB="6"
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# JWT 配置（必填）
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+export JUNHONG_JWT_SECRET_KEY="dev-secret-key-for-testing-only-32chars!"
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 客户端配置（可选）
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 是否强制 C 端用户绑定手机号（true: 强制，false: 不强制）
+export JUNHONG_CLIENT_REQUIRE_PHONE_BINDING="true"
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 服务器配置
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+export JUNHONG_SERVER_ADDRESS=":3000"
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 日志配置
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+export JUNHONG_LOGGING_LEVEL="debug"
+export JUNHONG_LOGGING_DEVELOPMENT="true"
+export JUNHONG_LOGGING_APP_LOG_FILENAME="logs/app.log"
+export JUNHONG_LOGGING_ACCESS_LOG_FILENAME="logs/access.log"
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Gateway 服务配置
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+export JUNHONG_GATEWAY_BASE_URL="https://open.whjhft.com/openapi"
+export JUNHONG_GATEWAY_APP_ID="LfjL0WjUqpwkItQ0"
+export JUNHONG_GATEWAY_APP_SECRET="K0DYuWzbRE6zg5bX"
+export JUNHONG_GATEWAY_TIMEOUT="30"
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 对象存储配置
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+export JUNHONG_STORAGE_PROVIDER="s3"
+export JUNHONG_STORAGE_S3_ENDPOINT="http://obs-helf.cucloud.cn"
+export JUNHONG_STORAGE_S3_REGION="cn-langfang-2"
+export JUNHONG_STORAGE_S3_BUCKET="cmp"
+export JUNHONG_STORAGE_S3_ACCESS_KEY_ID="598F558CF6FF46E79D1CFC607852378C9523"
+export JUNHONG_STORAGE_S3_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY="8393425DCB2F48F1914FF39DCBC6C7B17325"
+export JUNHONG_STORAGE_S3_USE_SSL="false"
+export JUNHONG_STORAGE_S3_PATH_STYLE="true"
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 迁移工具兼容配置（用于 scripts/migrate.sh）
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+export MIGRATIONS_DIR="migrations"
+export DB_HOST="cxd.whcxd.cn"
+export DB_PORT="16159"
+export DB_USER="erp_pgsql"
+export DB_PASSWORD="erp_2025"
+export DB_NAME="junhong_cmp_test"
+export DB_SSLMODE="disable"
+
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 短信服务配置
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+export JUNHONG_SMS_GATEWAY_URL="https://gateway.sms.whjhft.com:8443"
+export JUNHONG_SMS_USERNAME="JH0001"
+export JUNHONG_SMS_PASSWORD="wwR8E4qnL6F0"
+export JUNHONG_SMS_SIGNATURE="【JHFTIOT】"
+
+JUNHONG_QUEUE_CONCURRENCY=1000

.env.prod

@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
+# ==========================================================================
+# 君鸿卡管系统 - 本地开发环境变量
+# 生成时间: 2026-05-07 11:56:19
+# 配置依据: pkg/config/defaults/config.yaml + pkg/config/loader.go
+# ==========================================================================
+# 使用方法：
+#   source .env.prod && go run cmd/api/main.go
+# 或者：
+#   ./scripts/run-local.sh
+#
+# 说明：
+#   - 未注释的 是本地启动常用或必填配置。
+#   - 注释掉的 是当前有默认值、按需启用或当前主流程未使用的配置。
+#   - 取消注释前请先阅读上方说明，避免覆盖嵌入配置默认值。
+# ==========================================================================
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 数据库配置（必填）
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 数据库主机地址；应用启动必填。
+export JUNHONG_DATABASE_HOST=cxd.whcxd.cn
+# 数据库端口；默认 5432。
+export JUNHONG_DATABASE_PORT=16159
+# 数据库用户名；应用启动必填。
+export JUNHONG_DATABASE_USER=junhong_cmp
+# 数据库密码；应用启动必填，敏感信息请勿提交。
+export JUNHONG_DATABASE_PASSWORD=CtCom1zBzPQbpVNf3rCNxH
+# 数据库名称；应用启动必填。
+export JUNHONG_DATABASE_DBNAME=junhong_cmp_prod
+# 数据库 SSL 模式；本地通常使用 disable。
+export JUNHONG_DATABASE_SSLMODE=disable
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Redis 配置（必填）
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Redis 主机地址；应用启动必填。
+export JUNHONG_REDIS_ADDRESS=192.168.1.22
+# Redis 端口；默认 6379。
+export JUNHONG_REDIS_PORT=6379
+# Redis 密码；无密码时留空。
+export JUNHONG_REDIS_PASSWORD=Bm500vXEyLg0RUzw7YcyPjbRifhz
+# Redis 数据库编号；默认 0。
+export JUNHONG_REDIS_DB=0
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# JWT 配置（必填）
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# JWT 签名密钥；必须至少 32 字符，生产环境必须单独生成。
+export JUNHONG_JWT_SECRET_KEY=a0xzpGhR3zB54JAiEJtoKnjwgAGMLmRw
+# C 端 JWT Token 有效期；默认 24h，通常无需覆盖。
+export JUNHONG_JWT_TOKEN_DURATION=24h
+# B 端访问令牌 TTL；默认 24h。
+export JUNHONG_JWT_ACCESS_TOKEN_TTL=24h
+# B 端刷新令牌 TTL；默认 168h。
+export JUNHONG_JWT_REFRESH_TOKEN_TTL=168h
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 服务器配置
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 服务监听地址；本地默认 :3000。
+export JUNHONG_SERVER_ADDRESS=:3527
+# 读取请求超时时间；默认 30s，通常无需覆盖。
+export JUNHONG_SERVER_READ_TIMEOUT=30s
+# 写响应超时时间；默认 30s，通常无需覆盖。
+export JUNHONG_SERVER_WRITE_TIMEOUT=30s
+# 优雅关闭超时时间；默认 30s。
+export JUNHONG_SERVER_SHUTDOWN_TIMEOUT=30s
+# Fiber 预分叉模式；本地和 macOS 开发环境通常不要启用。
+# JUNHONG_SERVER_PREFORK=false
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 日志配置
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 日志级别；可选 debug/info/warn/error。
+export JUNHONG_LOGGING_LEVEL=debug
+# 本地开发模式日志；生产环境应使用 false。
+export JUNHONG_LOGGING_DEVELOPMENT=true
+# 应用日志文件路径；本地写入项目 logs 目录。
+export JUNHONG_LOGGING_APP_LOG_FILENAME=logs/app.log
+# 访问日志文件路径；本地写入项目 logs 目录。
+export JUNHONG_LOGGING_ACCESS_LOG_FILENAME=logs/access.log
+# 应用日志单文件最大大小（MB）；默认 100。
+export JUNHONG_LOGGING_APP_LOG_MAX_SIZE=100
+# 应用日志最多保留的旧文件数；默认 3。
+export JUNHONG_LOGGING_APP_LOG_MAX_BACKUPS=15
+# 应用日志最多保留天数；默认 7。
+export JUNHONG_LOGGING_APP_LOG_MAX_AGE=14
+# 是否压缩应用日志轮转文件；默认 true。
+export JUNHONG_LOGGING_APP_LOG_COMPRESS=true
+# 访问日志单文件最大大小（MB）；默认 100。
+export JUNHONG_LOGGING_ACCESS_LOG_MAX_SIZE=100
+# 访问日志最多保留的旧文件数；默认 3。
+export JUNHONG_LOGGING_ACCESS_LOG_MAX_BACKUPS=15
+# 访问日志最多保留天数；默认 7。
+export JUNHONG_LOGGING_ACCESS_LOG_MAX_AGE=14
+# 是否压缩访问日志轮转文件；默认 true。
+export JUNHONG_LOGGING_ACCESS_LOG_COMPRESS=true
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 客户端配置
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 是否强制 C 端用户绑定手机号；当前默认 true。
+export JUNHONG_CLIENT_REQUIRE_PHONE_BINDING=true
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 数据库连接池配置（可选）
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 数据库最大打开连接数；默认 25，本地通常不用改。
+export JUNHONG_DATABASE_MAX_OPEN_CONNS=25
+# 数据库最大空闲连接数；默认 10。
+export JUNHONG_DATABASE_MAX_IDLE_CONNS=10
+# 数据库连接最大生命周期；默认 5m。
+export JUNHONG_DATABASE_CONN_MAX_LIFETIME=5m
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Redis 连接池配置（可选）
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Redis 连接池大小；默认 10。
+export JUNHONG_REDIS_POOL_SIZE=20
+# Redis 最小空闲连接数；默认 5。
+export JUNHONG_REDIS_MIN_IDLE_CONNS=5
+# Redis 建连超时；默认 5s。
+export JUNHONG_REDIS_DIAL_TIMEOUT=5s
+# Redis 读取超时；默认 3s。
+export JUNHONG_REDIS_READ_TIMEOUT=3s
+# Redis 写入超时；默认 3s。
+export JUNHONG_REDIS_WRITE_TIMEOUT=3s
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 任务队列配置（可选）
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Worker 并发数；默认 10。
+# JUNHONG_QUEUE_CONCURRENCY=10
+# 任务最大重试次数；默认 5。
+# JUNHONG_QUEUE_RETRY_MAX=5
+# 单个任务超时时间；默认 10m。
+# JUNHONG_QUEUE_TIMEOUT=10m
+# 队列权重 critical/default/low 当前由嵌入配置 queue.queues 管理，未绑定为环境变量。
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 限流中间件配置（可选）
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 是否启用全局限流；默认关闭。
+# JUNHONG_MIDDLEWARE_ENABLE_RATE_LIMITER=false
+# 限流窗口内最大请求数；默认 100。
+# JUNHONG_MIDDLEWARE_RATE_LIMITER_MAX=100
+# 限流时间窗口；默认 1m。
+# JUNHONG_MIDDLEWARE_RATE_LIMITER_EXPIRATION=1m
+# 限流存储后端；可选 memory 或 redis。
+# JUNHONG_MIDDLEWARE_RATE_LIMITER_STORAGE=memory
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 轮询配置（可选）
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 是否输出轮询详细日志；默认 false，排查上游数据时再开启。
+export JUNHONG_POLLING_VERBOSE_LOG=true
+# 是否启用 C 端实名自动触发；默认 true。
+# JUNHONG_POLLING_AUTO_TRIGGER_ENABLE_AUTO_TRIGGER=true
+# 自动触发使用的系统用户 ID；生产建议改成专用平台账号。
+export JUNHONG_POLLING_AUTO_TRIGGER_AUTO_TRIGGER_SYSTEM_USER_ID=1
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Worker 运行配置（可选）
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Worker 角色；单实例默认 all，多实例可用 leader/consumer。
+# JUNHONG_WORKER_ROLE=all
+# Worker 实例名称；多实例部署时用于区分日志。
+# JUNHONG_WORKER_INSTANCE_NAME=''
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Gateway 服务配置
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Gateway API 基础 URL；已按本次输入覆盖嵌入默认值。
+export JUNHONG_GATEWAY_BASE_URL=https://open.whjhft.com/openapi
+# Gateway 应用 ID；敏感信息请勿提交。
+export JUNHONG_GATEWAY_APP_ID=LfjL0WjUqpwkItQ0
+# Gateway 应用密钥；敏感信息请勿提交。
+export JUNHONG_GATEWAY_APP_SECRET=K0DYuWzbRE6zg5bX
+# Gateway 请求超时时间（秒）；有效范围 5-300。
+export JUNHONG_GATEWAY_TIMEOUT=30
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 短信服务配置（可选）
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 短信服务未配置时系统会跳过短信客户端初始化；需要短信验证码时再取消注释。
+# 短信网关地址；设置后 username/password/signature 也必须填写。
+export JUNHONG_SMS_GATEWAY_URL='https://gateway.sms.whjhft.com:8443'
+# 短信账号用户名。
+export JUNHONG_SMS_USERNAME='JH0001'
+# 短信账号密码；敏感信息请勿提交。
+export JUNHONG_SMS_PASSWORD='wwR8E4qnL6F0'
+# 短信签名，例如【君鸿】。
+export JUNHONG_SMS_SIGNATURE='【JHFTIOT】'
+# 短信请求超时时间；默认 10s。
+export JUNHONG_SMS_TIMEOUT=10s
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 对象存储配置（可选）
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 对象存储提供商；当前仅支持 s3 兼容服务。
+export JUNHONG_STORAGE_PROVIDER=s3
+# 临时文件目录；用于导入导出等临时文件。
+export JUNHONG_STORAGE_TEMP_DIR=/tmp/junhong-storage
+# S3 端点；配置后会初始化对象存储服务。
+export JUNHONG_STORAGE_S3_ENDPOINT=https://obs-helf.cucloud.cn
+# S3 区域。
+export JUNHONG_STORAGE_S3_REGION=cn-langfang-2
+# S3 存储桶名称。
+export JUNHONG_STORAGE_S3_BUCKET=cmp
+# S3 Access Key ID；敏感信息请勿提交。
+export JUNHONG_STORAGE_S3_ACCESS_KEY_ID=598F558CF6FF46E79D1CFC607852378C9523
+# S3 Secret Access Key；敏感信息请勿提交。
+export JUNHONG_STORAGE_S3_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=8393425DCB2F48F1914FF39DCBC6C7B17325
+# 是否使用 SSL；本地兼容服务常用 false。
+export JUNHONG_STORAGE_S3_USE_SSL=false
+# 是否使用路径风格；兼容 S3 服务通常使用 true。
+export JUNHONG_STORAGE_S3_PATH_STYLE=true
+# 预签名上传 URL 有效期；默认 15m。
+export JUNHONG_STORAGE_PRESIGN_UPLOAD_EXPIRES=15m
+# 预签名下载 URL 有效期；默认 24h。
+export JUNHONG_STORAGE_PRESIGN_DOWNLOAD_EXPIRES=24h
+
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 默认超级管理员配置（可选）
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# 不配置时会使用 pkg/constants 中的默认超管账号；生产环境建议在首次启动前覆盖。
+# 默认超级管理员用户名；留空则使用代码内置默认值 admin。
+export JUNHONG_DEFAULT_ADMIN_USERNAME='admin'
+# 默认超级管理员密码；留空则使用代码内置默认值 Admin@123456。
+export JUNHONG_DEFAULT_ADMIN_PASSWORD='Admin@123456'
+# 默认超级管理员手机号；留空则使用代码内置默认值 13800000000。
+# JUNHONG_DEFAULT_ADMIN_PHONE=''
+
+export JUNHONG_MIDDLEWARE_CORS_ENABLED=true
+export JUNHONG_MIDDLEWARE_CORS_ALLOW_ORIGINS=https://cmp-admin.xm-iot.cn,https://cmp-agent.xm-iot.cn,https://cmp-c.xm-iot.cn
+export JUNHONG_MIDDLEWARE_CORS_ALLOW_CREDENTIALS=true

.gitignore

@@ -26,8 +26,6 @@ vendor/
 .cache/
 
 # Environment variables
-.env
-.env.*
 !.env.example
 
 # Log files
@@ -75,7 +73,6 @@ __debug_bin1621385388
 docs/admin-openapi.yaml
 /api
 /gendocs
-.env.local
 /worker
 .opencode/skills/json-canvas
 .opencode/skills/obsidian-bases
@@ -106,3 +103,7 @@ docs/admin-openapi.yaml
 .omx/state/sessions/omx-1777517489966-oo3g37/hud-state.json
 .omx/state/sessions/omx-1777517489966-oo3g37/notify-hook-state.json
 .omx/state/tmux-extended-keys/private-tmp-tmux-501-default.json
+.aider*
+
+# /teach skill 的个人学习工作区，不进入项目提交历史
+.claude/teach-workspace/

.scratch/customer-binding-architecture/PRD.md

@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+Status: ready-for-agent
+
+# PRD：客户绑定体系重构与资产归属验证统一
+
+## Problem Statement
+
+C 端用户在使用没有虚拟号的 IoT 卡时，整个业务流程完全失效：登录后无法实名认证、无法购买套餐、无法操作设备。根本原因是系统的客户绑定机制依赖虚拟号（`virtual_no`）作为唯一标识，而虚拟号在 IoT 卡上是可选字段，线上有 12,000+ 张无虚拟号的卡且确认会流向 C 端用户。
+
+与此同时，换货流程在旧卡有虚拟号、新卡无虚拟号时会被错误拦截，即使旧卡实际上没有任何客户绑定记录，换货依然报错"新资产无法承接客户绑定"。
+
+从设计层面看，`tb_personal_customer_iccid` 表（按 ICCID 绑定）早已建好，Store 层也实现完整，但从未被任何 Service 或 Handler 接入。同时，"判断某张卡/设备是否属于某个客户"这个核心安全规则，散落在 6 个文件中以 4 种不同方式实现，部分实现缺少对已禁用绑定记录的过滤，存在安全缺口。
+
+## Solution
+
+建立统一的 **CustomerBinding 模块**，封装客户与资产之间的绑定创建和归属验证逻辑，屏蔽"有虚拟号走 `tb_personal_customer_device` / 无虚拟号走 `tb_personal_customer_iccid`"的路由细节。所有调用方只需传入资产信息，不感知底层用了哪张表。
+
+在此基础上，修复换货服务中校验与执行逻辑混淆的 bug，并将资产解析和 IoT 卡状态字段整理为后续阶段任务。
+
+## User Stories
+
+### C 端用户（无虚拟号的卡）
+
+1. 作为一个持有无虚拟号 IoT 卡的 C 端用户，我想在首次登录时成功绑定我的卡，以便后续能正常使用所有 C 端功能。
+2. 作为一个持有无虚拟号 IoT 卡的 C 端用户，我想在绑定卡后能正常提交实名认证，以便激活卡的完整功能。
+3. 作为一个持有无虚拟号 IoT 卡的 C 端用户，我想购买流量套餐，以便为我的卡充值续费。
+4. 作为一个持有无虚拟号 IoT 卡的 C 端用户，我想在换货后仍能访问新卡并正常操作，以便换货不影响我的使用体验。
+
+### C 端用户（有虚拟号的卡）
+
+5. 作为一个持有有虚拟号 IoT 卡的 C 端用户，我的所有现有功能不受本次改动影响，以便升级对我透明无感知。
+6. 作为一个持有有虚拟号 IoT 卡的 C 端用户，当我的绑定关系被禁用后，我不能通过该绑定关系访问资产，以便系统安全边界得到保障。
+
+### 后台运营人员（换货）
+
+7. 作为后台运营人员，我想将一张有虚拟号的旧卡换货为一张无虚拟号的新卡，并且换货能正常完成，以便不再因无虚拟号而被系统错误拦截。
+8. 作为后台运营人员，当旧卡有客户绑定记录、新卡无虚拟号时，我希望系统在换货完成后自动将客户绑定迁移到新卡的 ICCID，以便客户换货后仍能访问新卡。
+9. 作为后台运营人员，当旧卡没有任何客户绑定记录时，无论旧卡是否有虚拟号，换货都应该正常完成，以便换货流程不被无意义的条件拦截。
+
+### 系统（数据一致性）
+
+10. 作为系统，当客户首次绑定一张无虚拟号的卡时，应正确将该卡的 `asset_status` 从在库更新为已销售，以便轮询系统能感知到该卡有真实用户在使用。
+11. 作为系统，当客户的绑定关系被禁用（`status=0`）后，归属验证应拒绝该客户访问对应资产，以便被撤销的绑定不再赋予访问权限。
+
+## Implementation Decisions
+
+### 1. 新增 CustomerBinding 模块
+
+在 `internal/service/` 下建立 `customer_binding` 包，对外暴露两个核心接口：
+
+- `Bind(ctx, tx, customerID, assetType, assetID)` — 创建或更新客户与资产的绑定关系；对于卡资产，有虚拟号写 `tb_personal_customer_device`，无虚拟号写 `tb_personal_customer_iccid`
+- `OwnsAsset(ctx, customerID, assetType, assetID) bool` — 验证客户是否持有该资产的有效绑定（`status=1`）；按资产类型路由到对应绑定表查询
+- `Migrate(ctx, tx, oldAsset, newAsset)` — 换货时迁移绑定关系；处理四种组合（有→有、有→无、无→有、无→无）
+
+`OwnsAsset` 内部统一强制 `status=1` 过滤，解决当前部分实现缺少此过滤的安全缺口。
+
+### 2. 绑定路由规则（卡资产）
+
+| 旧卡 | 新卡 | Migrate 行为 |
+|------|------|-------------|
+| 有虚拟号，有 pcd 绑定 | 有虚拟号 | 更新 pcd 记录的 virtual_no |
+| 有虚拟号，有 pcd 绑定 | 无虚拟号 | 禁用旧 pcd 记录 + 创建 pci ICCID 绑定 |
+| 有虚拟号，无绑定 | 无虚拟号 | 跳过（无需迁移） |
+| 无虚拟号 | 任意 | 迁移 pci 记录（若存在）到新卡 ICCID |
+
+### 3. 接入 CustomerBinding 的调用点
+
+以下调用点需要替换为 CustomerBinding 模块：
+
+- `client_auth/service.go: bindAsset()` — 使用 `CustomerBinding.Bind()`
+- `client_auth/service.go: resolveAssetBindingKey()` — 废弃，逻辑内聚到 CustomerBinding
+- `handler/app/client_realname.go: ExistsByCustomerAndDevice()` — 替换为 `CustomerBinding.OwnsAsset()`
+- `handler/app/client_device.go: ExistsByCustomerAndDevice()` — 替换为 `CustomerBinding.OwnsAsset()`
+- `handler/app/client_wallet.go: isCustomerOwnAsset()` — 替换为 `CustomerBinding.OwnsAsset()`
+- `handler/app/client_asset.go: isCustomerOwnAsset()` — 替换为 `CustomerBinding.OwnsAsset()`
+- `service/client_order/service.go: checkAssetOwnership()` — 替换为 `CustomerBinding.OwnsAsset()`
+- `service/exchange/service.go: switchCustomerBindingWithTx()` — 替换为 `CustomerBinding.Migrate()`
+
+### 4. 修复 switchCustomerBindingWithTx 的校验混淆
+
+当前 `switchCustomerBindingWithTx`（执行函数）在执行阶段重复做了 `ensureNewAssetBindingAvailableWithTx`（校验函数）的判断，且条件更严（不查实际记录数，只看 key 是否为空）。
+
+修复方式：将 `switchCustomerBindingWithTx` 改为调用 `CustomerBinding.Migrate()`，移除函数内的 `newKey==""` 拦截逻辑。`ensureNewAssetBindingAvailableWithTx` 同步更新：当 `newKey==""` 时，不再拦截，因为 `Migrate()` 已能正确处理此情形。
+
+### 5. asset_status 首销标记修复
+
+`bindAsset` 中通过 `firstEverBind`（查 `virtual_no=""` 的记录数）来判断是否首次绑定并触发 `markAssetAsSold()`。无虚拟号的卡因为 key 为空，导致此逻辑失效，`asset_status` 永远停在在库。
+
+修复方式：在 `CustomerBinding.Bind()` 内，对 IoT 卡分别按各自绑定表查询首绑状态，再触发 `markAssetAsSold()`。
+
+### 6. 不引入新的数据库表或字段
+
+`tb_personal_customer_iccid` 表和 `PersonalCustomerICCIDStore` 已经存在且完整，本次只是接入，不需要迁移或 schema 变更。
+
+### 7. 现有 personal_customer_device 数据不迁移
+
+有虚拟号的卡现有绑定数据保持不变，继续走 `tb_personal_customer_device` 路径。只有无虚拟号的卡新登录时才写 `tb_personal_customer_iccid`。
+
+## Testing Decisions
+
+本项目禁止自动化测试，使用 PostgreSQL MCP 和 Postman/curl 手动验证。
+
+**验证重点场景：**
+
+1. **无虚拟号卡首次登录**：用无虚拟号卡的 ICCID 登录后，`tb_personal_customer_iccid` 应出现绑定记录，`tb_iot_card.asset_status` 应变为 2（已销售）
+2. **无虚拟号卡归属验证**：登录后调用实名认证接口，应返回成功而非"无权限"
+3. **无虚拟号卡购买套餐**：购买套餐接口应正常通过归属验证
+4. **有虚拟号换无虚拟号（旧卡有绑定）**：换货完成后，`tb_personal_customer_device` 旧记录 status 应为 0，`tb_personal_customer_iccid` 应出现新卡 ICCID 的绑定记录
+5. **有虚拟号换无虚拟号（旧卡无绑定）**：换货应正常完成，无报错，不写入任何绑定记录
+6. **有虚拟号换有虚拟号（回归）**：现有流程不受影响，pcd 表记录的 virtual_no 正确更新到新卡
+7. **禁用绑定后归属验证**：将某条 pcd 或 pci 记录 status 设为 0，对应客户调用归属验证应返回无权限
+8. **有虚拟号卡回归（全流程）**：确认有虚拟号卡的登录、实名、购买套餐流程无任何变化
+
+## Out of Scope
+
+- **IoT 卡状态字段整理**（`status` / `asset_status` / `activation_status` 语义重叠问题）：影响面广，单独规划
+- **资产解析函数统一**（12 个 resolve 变体合并）：不影响当前 bug，单独规划
+- **`tb_personal_customer_iccid` 换货迁移的历史数据回填**：历史上无虚拟号卡的用户无绑定记录，不做回填，用户需重新登录
+- **`tb_personal_customer_device` 中 `virtual_no=""` 的历史垃圾数据清理**：需先确认实际数量（SQL 查询），作为独立数据修复任务
+
+## Further Notes
+
+- 线上有 12,000+ 张无虚拟号的 IoT 卡，这是合法业务数据，不是数据质量问题
+- `tb_personal_customer_iccid` 的 Store 已有完整的 CRUD 实现（Create、ExistsByCustomerAndICCID、GetByCustomerID、CreateOrUpdateLastUsed 等），无需重写
+- 换货 bug 的直接触发路径：`completeExchangeWithTx → switchCustomerBindingWithTx`，在执行阶段因 `newKey==""` 报错，即使旧卡实际无任何客户绑定记录
+- 建议在上线前执行：`SELECT COUNT(*) FROM tb_personal_customer_device WHERE (virtual_no IS NULL OR virtual_no = '') AND deleted_at IS NULL` 确认是否有历史脏数据需要清理
+- **临时线上补丁（知悉）**：2026-06-18 已将线上 12,000+ 张无虚拟号的卡手动补充了虚拟号作为应急措施，以保障线上可用性。数据回滚由业务方自行处理，不在本次实现范围内。

.scratch/customer-binding-architecture/issues/01-customer-binding-module-refactor.md

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+Status: done
+
+# CustomerBinding 模块骨架 + 有虚拟号路径替换（纯重构）
+
+## What to build
+
+建立 `internal/service/customer_binding` 包，对外暴露 `Bind()` 和 `OwnsAsset()` 两个接口，将现有有虚拟号路径的逻辑迁入。同时将代码库中 6 处归属验证调用点统一替换为新接口。
+
+**本切片是纯重构，不改变任何现有行为。**
+
+### Bind(ctx, tx, customerID, assetType, assetID)
+
+封装创建客户与资产绑定记录的逻辑，当前只实现有虚拟号路径：
+- IoT 卡有虚拟号 → 写 `tb_personal_customer_device`（与现在 `bindAsset` 行为一致）
+- 设备 → 写 `tb_personal_customer_device`（设备必然有虚拟号）
+- 首次绑定时触发 `markAssetAsSold()`（firstEverBind 逻辑保持不变）
+
+### OwnsAsset(ctx, customerID, assetType, assetID) bool
+
+封装归属验证逻辑，当前只实现有虚拟号路径：
+- 查 `tb_personal_customer_device WHERE virtual_no = ? AND status = 1`
+- 内部统一强制 `status = 1` 过滤（修复现有部分实现缺少此过滤的安全缺口）
+
+### 替换 6 处调用点
+
+以下调用点替换为 `CustomerBinding` 的方法：
+
+| 调用点 | 替换目标 |
+|--------|---------|
+| `client_auth/service.go: bindAsset()` | `CustomerBinding.Bind()` |
+| `handler/app/client_realname.go:92` | `CustomerBinding.OwnsAsset()` |
+| `handler/app/client_device.go:82` | `CustomerBinding.OwnsAsset()` |
+| `handler/app/client_wallet.go: isCustomerOwnAsset()` | `CustomerBinding.OwnsAsset()` |
+| `handler/app/client_asset.go: isCustomerOwnAsset()` | `CustomerBinding.OwnsAsset()` |
+| `service/client_order/service.go: checkAssetOwnership()` | `CustomerBinding.OwnsAsset()` |
+
+exchange service 的 `customerOwnsAsset()` 在切片 3 中处理。
+
+## Acceptance criteria
+
+- [ ] `internal/service/customer_binding` 包存在，对外暴露 `Bind` 和 `OwnsAsset`
+- [ ] 有虚拟号的 IoT 卡登录后，`tb_personal_customer_device` 正常写入绑定记录（与现在一致）
+- [ ] 设备登录后，`tb_personal_customer_device` 正常写入绑定记录（与现在一致）
+- [ ] 被禁用（status=0）的绑定记录不能通过 `OwnsAsset` 验证（修复安全缺口）
+- [ ] 6 处调用点全部替换完毕，原有私有方法（resolveAssetBindingKey、isCustomerOwnAsset 等）可删除
+- [ ] 有虚拟号卡的实名认证、购买套餐、设备操作全链路与现在行为一致
+
+## Blocked by
+
+None - 可立即开始

.scratch/customer-binding-architecture/issues/02-no-virtual-no-card-cend-flow.md

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+Status: done
+
+# 无虚拟号单卡 C 端完整链路
+
+## Parent
+
+`.scratch/customer-binding-architecture/PRD.md`
+
+## What to build
+
+扩展 `CustomerBinding` 模块，使无虚拟号的独立 IoT 卡（单卡）能够完整走通 C 端业务流程：登录绑定、实名认证、购买套餐。
+
+**仅影响 IoT 卡（单卡）。设备资产必然有虚拟号，不在本切片处理范围内。**
+
+### 扩展 Bind()
+
+当资产为 IoT 卡且 `virtual_no` 为空时：
+- 写 `tb_personal_customer_iccid`（按 ICCID 绑定），而非 `tb_personal_customer_device`
+- `PersonalCustomerICCIDStore` 已有完整实现，直接注入使用
+
+当资产为 IoT 卡且 `virtual_no` 不为空时：行为与切片 1 一致，不变。
+
+### 修复 firstEverBind + markAssetAsSold
+
+当前 `firstEverBind` 通过查 `tb_personal_customer_device WHERE virtual_no = ""` 来判断是否首次绑定，对无虚拟号的卡完全失效（所有无虚拟号的卡共用同一个空 key）。
+
+修复方式：在 `Bind()` 内，按路径分别判断首绑：
+- 有虚拟号路径：查 `tb_personal_customer_device WHERE virtual_no = ?`
+- 无虚拟号路径：查 `tb_personal_customer_iccid WHERE iccid = ?`
+
+首次绑定后正常触发 `markAssetAsSold()`，将卡的 `asset_status` 从在库（1）更新为已销售（2）。
+
+### 扩展 OwnsAsset()
+
+当资产为 IoT 卡时：
+- 若卡有 `virtual_no`：查 `tb_personal_customer_device`（与切片 1 一致）
+- 若卡无 `virtual_no`：查 `tb_personal_customer_iccid WHERE iccid = ? AND status = 1`
+
+当资产为设备时：行为不变，只查 `tb_personal_customer_device`。
+
+## Acceptance criteria
+
+- [ ] 无虚拟号的单卡 C 端登录后，`tb_personal_customer_iccid` 中出现对应的绑定记录
+- [ ] 无虚拟号单卡首次登录后，`tb_iot_card.asset_status` 变为 2（已销售）
+- [ ] 无虚拟号单卡登录后，实名认证接口返回成功（不报"无权限"）
+- [ ] 无虚拟号单卡登录后，购买套餐接口归属验证通过
+- [ ] 有虚拟号卡的全部行为与切片 1 完成后保持一致（无回归）
+- [ ] 设备资产的全部行为不受影响
+
+## Blocked by
+
+`.scratch/customer-binding-architecture/issues/01-customer-binding-module-refactor.md`

.scratch/customer-binding-architecture/issues/03-exchange-binding-migration-fix.md

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+Status: done
+
+# 换货绑定迁移修复
+
+## Parent
+
+`.scratch/customer-binding-architecture/PRD.md`
+
+## What to build
+
+在 `CustomerBinding` 模块上实现 `Migrate(ctx, tx, oldAsset, newAsset)` 方法，替换换货服务中现有的 `switchCustomerBindingWithTx` 和 `ensureNewAssetBindingAvailableWithTx` 逻辑，修复有虚拟号旧卡换无虚拟号新卡时被误拦截的 bug。
+
+### Migrate(ctx, tx, oldAsset, newAsset)
+
+处理四种虚拟号组合，仅涉及 IoT 卡（设备必然有虚拟号，只有有→有一种情形）：
+
+| 旧卡 | 新卡 | 行为 |
+|------|------|------|
+| 有虚拟号，pcd 有绑定 | 有虚拟号 | 更新 pcd 记录的 virtual_no 为新卡虚拟号 |
+| 有虚拟号，pcd 有绑定 | 无虚拟号 | 禁用旧 pcd 记录（status=0）+ 创建新 pci ICCID 绑定 |
+| 有虚拟号，pcd 无绑定 | 无虚拟号 | 跳过，无需迁移 |
+| 无虚拟号，pci 有绑定 | 任意 | 迁移 pci 记录到新卡 ICCID（或新卡虚拟号路径） |
+| 任意 | 任意（无绑定） | 跳过 |
+
+### 修复换货服务
+
+- `switchCustomerBindingWithTx` 替换为调用 `CustomerBinding.Migrate()`，移除函数内 `newKey == ""` 的误拦截逻辑
+- `ensureNewAssetBindingAvailableWithTx` 更新：当新卡无虚拟号时，不再拦截换货，因为 `Migrate()` 已能正确处理此情形（无绑定时跳过，有绑定时迁移到 pci）
+
+### 根本 bug 说明
+
+原 `switchCustomerBindingWithTx` 在执行阶段做了 `if newKey == "" { return error }` 的检查，但没有先确认旧资产是否实际存在绑定记录。旧卡有虚拟号但无任何客户绑定时，也会被误拦截报错"新资产无法承接客户绑定"。
+
+## Acceptance criteria
+
+- [ ] 旧卡有虚拟号 + 有客户绑定，换货为有虚拟号新卡：pcd 记录的 virtual_no 正确更新为新卡虚拟号
+- [ ] 旧卡有虚拟号 + 有客户绑定，换货为无虚拟号新卡：旧 pcd 记录 status 变为 0，pci 表出现新卡 ICCID 的绑定记录
+- [ ] 旧卡有虚拟号 + 无客户绑定，换货为无虚拟号新卡：换货正常完成，不报错，不写入任何绑定记录
+- [ ] 旧卡无虚拟号，换货为任意新卡：换货正常完成
+- [ ] 有虚拟号换有虚拟号（原有场景）：行为与修复前一致，无回归
+- [ ] 换货完成后，客户通过新卡（无论有无虚拟号）能正常通过归属验证
+
+## Blocked by
+
+`.scratch/customer-binding-architecture/issues/02-no-virtual-no-card-cend-flow.md`

.scratch/enterprise-auth-and-asset-enhancements/PRD.md

@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+Status: ready-for-agent
+
+# PRD：企业授权增强 & 资产列表扩展
+
+## Problem Statement
+
+平台运营人员在管理企业授权和查看资产状态时面临以下痛点：
+
+1. **企业维度检索缺失**：卡列表和设备列表无法按企业维度过滤，也无法在列表中直接看到某张卡/设备被授权给了哪个企业，需要跨页面跳转查询。
+2. **企业授权操作繁琐**：授权和收回接口只接受精确 ICCID/虚拟号列表，但前端列表有分页，量大时需一个个选，无法按批次号、号段等条件一次性批量操作。
+3. **换货历史不可见**：经历过换货的旧卡/设备，在列表和详情中没有任何标记，运营无法判断当前资产是否为"换货遗留"状态或曾经历过换货后被重新激活（转新）的资产。
+4. **主钱包流水和退款列表检索维度不足**：无法直接通过资产标识（ICCID 或虚拟号）快速定位某个资产相关的流水和退款记录。
+5. **卡网络状态过滤缺失**：standalone 卡列表无法按网络状态（开机/停机）过滤，批量运维操作不便。
+
+## Solution
+
+对六个业务场景进行针对性扩展：
+
+1. 在 standalone 卡列表和设备列表中新增企业维度过滤及企业信息返回字段
+2. 将企业授权/收回接口升级为支持 list/range/filter 三（两）模式选资产
+3. 在 standalone 卡列表和设备列表响应中暴露换货业务状态和资产世代编号
+4. 主钱包流水列表新增资产标识精确检索
+5. 退款列表新增资产标识精确检索
+6. standalone 卡列表新增网络状态过滤
+
+同时修复卡企业授权表的数据一致性问题（补唯一约束，与设备授权保持一致）。
+
+## User Stories
+
+1. 作为平台运营，我希望在 standalone 卡列表中输入企业 ID 进行过滤，以便快速找到已授权给该企业的所有卡
+2. 作为平台运营，我希望在 standalone 卡列表中使用"是否授权企业"开关过滤，以便快速区分已授权和未授权的卡库存
+3. 作为平台运营，我希望在 standalone 卡列表中直接看到每张卡被授权给哪个企业（企业ID和名称），以便不用跳转到企业详情页
+4. 作为平台运营，我希望在设备列表中输入企业 ID 进行过滤，以便快速找到已授权给该企业的所有设备
+5. 作为平台运营，我希望在设备列表中使用"是否授权企业"开关过滤，以便区分已授权和未授权的设备
+6. 作为平台运营，我希望在设备列表中直接看到每台设备被授权给哪个企业，以便快速掌握设备归属
+7. 作为平台运营，我希望在授权卡给企业时能通过 ICCID 号段范围一次性选取，以便高效授权大批量卡
+8. 作为平台运营，我希望在授权卡给企业时能通过批次号、运营商等筛选条件选取，以便按业务维度批量授权
+9. 作为平台运营，我希望在收回企业卡授权时同样支持 list/range/filter 三种模式，以便与授权操作保持一致的操作体验
+10. 作为平台运营，我希望在授权设备给企业时能通过虚拟号模糊搜索和批次号筛选一次性选取，以便批量操作设备
+11. 作为平台运营，我希望在收回企业设备授权时支持 list/filter 两种模式，以便批量收回
+12. 作为平台运营，我希望在 standalone 卡列表中看到每张卡的业务状态（`asset_status`），以便识别已换货但尚未转新的"死档"卡
+13. 作为平台运营，我希望在 standalone 卡列表中看到每张卡的世代编号（`generation`），以便识别曾换货后转新重入库的卡
+14. 作为平台运营，我希望在设备列表中看到每台设备的业务状态和世代编号，以便同样掌握设备的换货历史
+15. 作为平台运营，我希望在主钱包流水列表中输入 ICCID 或虚拟号精确检索，以便快速定位某资产的所有充值/扣款记录
+16. 作为平台运营，我希望在退款列表中输入 ICCID 或虚拟号精确检索，以便快速找到某资产相关的所有退款申请
+17. 作为平台运营，我希望在 standalone 卡列表中按网络状态（开机/停机）过滤，以便批量处理特定网络状态的卡
+
+## Implementation Decisions
+
+### 数据一致性修复（前置）
+
+- **卡企业授权唯一约束**：在 `tb_enterprise_card_authorization` 表上补充部分唯一索引，约束同一张卡在同一时间只能有一条有效授权记录（`WHERE revoked_at IS NULL AND deleted_at IS NULL`），与设备授权表的 `uq_active_device_auth` 约束保持一致
+- **service 层校验补充**：卡授权 service 在执行授权前，需增加"卡是否已授权给其他企业"的校验，目前只校验同一企业重复授权
+
+### 需求1：standalone 卡列表 + 设备列表企业字段
+
+**Request 新增过滤条件**（`ListStandaloneIotCardRequest` 和 `ListDeviceRequest`）：
+- `authorized_enterprise_id *uint`：按企业ID过滤，只匹配当前有效授权（`revoked_at IS NULL`）
+- `is_authorized_to_enterprise *bool`：true=已授权给某企业，false=未授权任何企业
+
+**Response 新增字段**（`StandaloneIotCardResponse` 和 `DeviceResponse`）：
+- `authorized_enterprise_id *uint`：未授权时为 null
+- `authorized_enterprise_name string`：未授权时为空字符串
+
+Store 层需通过 JOIN 或子查询 `tb_enterprise_card_authorization` / `tb_enterprise_device_authorization` 表获取企业ID，再批量查企业名称
+
+### 需求2：企业授权/收回接口升级为多模式
+
+参照 `AllocateStandaloneCardsRequest` / `RecallStandaloneCardsRequest` 的 `selection_type` 三模式设计：
+
+**allocate-cards / recall-cards**（三模式：list / range / filter）：
+- `list`：`ICCIDs []string`，精确 ICCID 列表
+- `range`：`ICCIDStart string` + `ICCIDEnd string`，号段范围
+- `filter`：筛选条件
+  - allocate-cards filter 字段：`ICCID`（模糊）、`BatchNo`、`CarrierID`、`ShopID`/`ShopIDs`
+  - recall-cards filter 字段：`ICCID`（模糊）、`BatchNo`、`CarrierID`
+
+**allocate-devices / recall-devices**（两模式：list / filter，不支持 range）：
+- `list`：`DeviceNos []string`，设备虚拟号列表
+- `filter`：筛选条件
+  - allocate-devices filter 字段：`VirtualNo`（模糊）、`BatchNo`、`ShopID`
+  - recall-devices filter 字段：`VirtualNo`（模糊）、`BatchNo`
+
+原有接口的请求结构需要破坏性变更（DTO 重构），需与前端联调确认过渡方案
+
+### 需求3：换货状态字段
+
+**`StandaloneIotCardResponse` 和 `DeviceResponse` 新增字段**：
+- `asset_status int`：业务状态（1=在库, 2=已销售, 3=已换货, 4=已停用）
+- `asset_status_name string`：对应中文名称
+- `generation int`：资产世代编号（初始值1，每次换货+转新后+1）
+
+语义约定：
+- `asset_status = 3`：该资产已换货且尚未执行"旧资产转新"，是永久性死档标记
+- `generation > 1`：该资产历史上曾执行过换货+转新，目前仍在流通
+
+### 需求4：主钱包流水资产标识检索
+
+`MainWalletTransactionListRequest` 新增：
+- `AssetIdentifier string`：精确匹配 `asset_identifier` 快照字段（ICCID 或虚拟号），空字符串时不过滤
+
+### 需求5：退款列表资产标识检索
+
+`RefundListRequest` 新增：
+- `AssetIdentifier string`：精确匹配 `asset_identifier` 快照字段（ICCID 或虚拟号），空字符串时不过滤
+
+### 需求6：standalone 卡列表网络状态过滤
+
+`ListStandaloneIotCardRequest` 新增：
+- `NetworkStatus *int`：网络状态过滤（0=停机, 1=开机），不传则不过滤
+
+Store 层 `applyStandaloneFilters` 函数中补充 `network_status = ?` 条件
+
+## Testing Decisions
+
+本项目禁止自动化测试，验证方式为：
+
+- **数据库验证**：通过 PostgreSQL MCP 工具验证授权表唯一约束是否生效、字段值是否正确写入
+- **接口验证**：通过 curl/Postman 对各接口进行手动联调，重点覆盖以下场景：
+  - 企业 ID 过滤：确认只返回有效授权（revoked_at IS NULL）的卡/设备
+  - 是否授权企业过滤：true/false 结果集互补且无交集
+  - 授权时尝试将同一张卡授权给第二个企业，确认被拒绝
+  - allocate-cards 三种 selection_type 均能正确选取目标卡
+  - allocate-devices 两种 selection_type 均能正确选取目标设备
+  - asset_status=3 的卡在列表中可见且字段正确
+  - generation 字段在换货+转新后正确递增
+  - 主钱包流水 asset_identifier 精确匹配不漏不多
+  - 退款 asset_identifier 精确匹配不漏不多
+  - 网络状态过滤 0/1 结果集互补
+
+## Out of Scope
+
+- 企业卡/设备授权列表接口本身的改造（本次只改授权/收回操作接口）
+- `AllocateCardsPreviewReq`（预览接口）是否同步升级为多模式（待后续评估）
+- standalone 卡列表和设备列表的导出功能是否同步支持新增过滤条件
+- 换货历史的完整时间线展示（仅暴露字段，不新增详情接口）
+- `generation` 字段的过滤能力（暂只返回，不支持作为检索条件）
+
+## Further Notes
+
+- 需求1 的企业名称需要 N+1 防护：通过授权查询批量拿到 enterprise_id 后，用 IN 一次性查企业名称，不能逐条查
+- 需求2 的 filter 模式对于 allocate-cards 场景，卡的范围天然受操作者权限约束（代理用户只能授权自己店铺的卡），Store 层已有 `middleware.ApplyShopFilter` 处理，filter 模式需要同样受此约束
+- 卡唯一约束迁移执行前，需确认现有数据中是否存在一张卡同时有多条 `revoked_at IS NULL` 的记录，若有需先清理

.scratch/enterprise-auth-and-asset-enhancements/issues/01-card-enterprise-auth-unique-constraint.md

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+Status: ready-for-human
+
+## Parent
+
+`.scratch/enterprise-auth-and-asset-enhancements/PRD.md`
+
+## What to build
+
+修复卡企业授权的数据一致性问题，使其与设备授权保持一致：一张卡在同一时间只能授权给一个企业。
+
+分两步：
+
+**第一步：数据库迁移**
+在 `tb_enterprise_card_authorization` 表上新增部分唯一索引，约束同一张卡不能同时存在两条有效授权记录（`revoked_at IS NULL AND deleted_at IS NULL`）。迁移执行前需先查询是否存在脏数据（同一 card_id 有多条 revoked_at IS NULL 的记录），若有需在迁移脚本中先行清理。
+
+**第二步：service 层校验补充**
+卡授权 service（`BatchAuthorize`）在执行授权前，增加"目标卡是否已授权给其他企业"的校验。目前代码只跳过已授权给同一企业的卡，不阻止授权给第二个企业。新逻辑：若目标卡已存在有效授权（`revoked_at IS NULL`）且授权对象不是当前企业，则将该卡加入失败列表并给出明确错误原因（如"卡已授权给其他企业，请先收回"）。
+
+## Acceptance criteria
+
+- [x] `tb_enterprise_card_authorization` 表存在部分唯一索引，约束 `(card_id) WHERE revoked_at IS NULL AND deleted_at IS NULL`
+- [x] 尝试将同一张卡授权给第二个企业时，接口返回失败，错误信息明确说明"已授权给其他企业"
+- [x] 已撤回（revoked_at 有值）的历史记录不受唯一约束影响，可正常查询
+- [x] 同一张卡授权给同一企业时仍返回"已授权给该企业"的原有错误，行为不变
+
+## Blocked by
+
+None - can start immediately

.scratch/enterprise-auth-and-asset-enhancements/issues/02-standalone-card-network-status-filter.md

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+Status: ready-for-human
+
+## Parent
+
+`.scratch/enterprise-auth-and-asset-enhancements/PRD.md`
+
+## What to build
+
+在 `/api/admin/iot-cards/standalone` 接口的查询条件中新增网络状态过滤。
+
+Request DTO 新增可选字段 `network_status *int`（0=停机，1=开机），不传时不过滤。Store 层 `applyStandaloneFilters` 函数补充对应的 `network_status = ?` WHERE 条件。
+
+## Acceptance criteria
+
+- [x] 传入 `network_status=0` 时只返回停机的卡
+- [x] 传入 `network_status=1` 时只返回开机的卡
+- [x] 不传 `network_status` 时返回全部（与改动前行为一致）
+- [x] 网络状态过滤可与现有其他过滤条件（ICCID、运营商等）叠加使用
+
+## Blocked by
+
+None - can start immediately

.scratch/enterprise-auth-and-asset-enhancements/issues/03-asset-exchange-status-fields.md

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+Status: ready-for-human
+
+## Parent
+
+`.scratch/enterprise-auth-and-asset-enhancements/PRD.md`
+
+## What to build
+
+在 standalone 卡列表响应和设备列表响应中暴露换货相关字段，使运营人员能直接在列表中识别资产的换货历史。
+
+**`StandaloneIotCardResponse` 新增三个字段：**
+- `asset_status int`：业务状态（1=在库, 2=已销售, 3=已换货, 4=已停用）
+- `asset_status_name string`：对应中文名称
+- `generation int`：资产世代编号（初始值1，每次换货+旧资产转新后 +1）
+
+**`DeviceResponse` 同步新增相同三个字段。**
+
+语义约定（写入注释和 description）：
+- `asset_status = 3`：该资产已换货且尚未执行"旧资产转新"，不再流通
+- `generation > 1`：该资产历史上曾执行过换货后转新，目前仍在使用
+
+Service 层组装响应时直接从 Model 取值，`asset_status_name` 通过 constants 中的方法转换。
+
+## Acceptance criteria
+
+- [x] `/api/admin/iot-cards/standalone` 响应中每条记录包含 `asset_status`、`asset_status_name`、`generation` 三个字段
+- [x] `/api/admin/devices` 响应中每条记录包含相同三个字段
+- [x] 已换货未转新的卡/设备返回 `asset_status=3`、`asset_status_name="已换货"`
+- [x] 经过换货转新重入库的卡/设备返回 `generation=2`（或更高）且 `asset_status=1`
+- [x] 普通未经历换货的资产返回 `generation=1`
+
+## Blocked by
+
+None - can start immediately

.scratch/enterprise-auth-and-asset-enhancements/issues/04-main-wallet-asset-identifier-filter.md

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+Status: ready-for-human
+
+## Parent
+
+`.scratch/enterprise-auth-and-asset-enhancements/PRD.md`
+
+## What to build
+
+在 `/api/admin/shops/{shop_id}/main-wallet/transactions` 接口的查询条件中新增资产标识精确检索。
+
+`MainWalletTransactionListRequest` 新增可选字段 `asset_identifier string`，非空时对 `asset_identifier` 列做精确匹配（`= ?`，不做模糊匹配）。`asset_identifier` 字段存储的是下单时资产的标识符快照（ICCID 或虚拟号），空字符串时不过滤。
+
+## Acceptance criteria
+
+- [x] 传入有效的 ICCID 时只返回该卡相关的主钱包流水
+- [x] 传入有效的设备虚拟号时只返回该设备相关的主钱包流水
+- [x] 传入不存在的标识符时返回空列表（total=0），不报错
+- [x] 不传 `asset_identifier` 时行为与改动前完全一致
+- [x] 可与 `transaction_type`、`start_date`、`end_date` 等现有条件叠加使用
+
+## Blocked by
+
+None - can start immediately

.scratch/enterprise-auth-and-asset-enhancements/issues/05-refund-asset-identifier-filter.md

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+Status: ready-for-human
+
+## Parent
+
+`.scratch/enterprise-auth-and-asset-enhancements/PRD.md`
+
+## What to build
+
+在 `/api/admin/refunds` 接口的查询条件中新增资产标识精确检索。
+
+`RefundListRequest` 新增可选字段 `asset_identifier string`，非空时对退款记录的 `asset_identifier` 列做精确匹配（`= ?`）。该字段存储的是下单时资产的标识符快照（ICCID 或虚拟号），空字符串时不过滤。
+
+## Acceptance criteria
+
+- [x] 传入有效的 ICCID 时只返回该卡相关的退款申请
+- [x] 传入有效的设备虚拟号时只返回该设备相关的退款申请
+- [x] 传入不存在的标识符时返回空列表（total=0），不报错
+- [x] 不传 `asset_identifier` 时行为与改动前完全一致
+- [x] 可与 `status`、`order_id`、`shop_id` 等现有条件叠加使用
+
+## Blocked by
+
+None - can start immediately

.scratch/enterprise-auth-and-asset-enhancements/issues/06-standalone-card-list-enterprise-filter.md

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+Status: ready-for-human
+
+## Parent
+
+`.scratch/enterprise-auth-and-asset-enhancements/PRD.md`
+
+## What to build
+
+在 `/api/admin/iot-cards/standalone` 接口中新增企业维度过滤条件，并在响应中返回当前有效授权的企业信息。
+
+**Request 新增过滤条件（`ListStandaloneIotCardRequest`）：**
+- `authorized_enterprise_id *uint`：按企业ID过滤，只匹配 `tb_enterprise_card_authorization` 中 `revoked_at IS NULL` 的有效授权
+- `is_authorized_to_enterprise *bool`：true=只返回当前已授权给某企业的卡，false=只返回未授权任何企业的卡
+
+**Response 新增字段（`StandaloneIotCardResponse`）：**
+- `authorized_enterprise_id *uint`：当前有效授权的企业ID，未授权时为 null
+- `authorized_enterprise_name string`：对应企业名称，未授权时为空字符串
+
+Store 层在 `applyStandaloneFilters` 中增加对 `authorized_enterprise_id` 和 `is_authorized_to_enterprise` 的处理，通过子查询 `tb_enterprise_card_authorization`（`revoked_at IS NULL AND deleted_at IS NULL`）实现过滤。响应组装时批量查询企业名称（IN 查询），不逐条查询。
+
+## Acceptance criteria
+
+- [x] 传入 `authorized_enterprise_id` 时只返回当前有效授权给该企业的卡
+- [x] 传入 `is_authorized_to_enterprise=true` 时只返回已授权给某企业的卡
+- [x] 传入 `is_authorized_to_enterprise=false` 时只返回未授权任何企业的卡
+- [x] 已撤回的历史授权不影响过滤结果（已撤回视为未授权）
+- [x] 响应中每张卡包含 `authorized_enterprise_id` 和 `authorized_enterprise_name`，未授权卡对应字段为 null/空字符串
+- [x] 企业名称通过批量查询获取，不触发 N+1 查询
+- [x] 新增过滤条件可与现有条件（ICCID、运营商、店铺等）叠加使用
+
+## Blocked by
+
+- `issues/01-card-enterprise-auth-unique-constraint.md`

.scratch/enterprise-auth-and-asset-enhancements/issues/07-device-list-enterprise-filter.md

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+Status: ready-for-human
+
+## Parent
+
+`.scratch/enterprise-auth-and-asset-enhancements/PRD.md`
+
+## What to build
+
+在 `/api/admin/devices` 接口中新增企业维度过滤条件，并在响应中返回当前有效授权的企业信息。
+
+**Request 新增过滤条件（`ListDeviceRequest`）：**
+- `authorized_enterprise_id *uint`：按企业ID过滤，只匹配 `tb_enterprise_device_authorization` 中 `revoked_at IS NULL` 的有效授权
+- `is_authorized_to_enterprise *bool`：true=只返回当前已授权给某企业的设备，false=只返回未授权任何企业的设备
+
+**Response 新增字段（`DeviceResponse`）：**
+- `authorized_enterprise_id *uint`：当前有效授权的企业ID，未授权时为 null
+- `authorized_enterprise_name string`：对应企业名称，未授权时为空字符串
+
+Store 层通过子查询或 JOIN `tb_enterprise_device_authorization` 实现过滤。响应组装时批量查询企业名称（IN 查询），不逐条查询。
+
+## Acceptance criteria
+
+- [x] 传入 `authorized_enterprise_id` 时只返回当前有效授权给该企业的设备
+- [x] 传入 `is_authorized_to_enterprise=true` 时只返回已授权给某企业的设备
+- [x] 传入 `is_authorized_to_enterprise=false` 时只返回未授权任何企业的设备
+- [x] 已撤回的历史授权不影响过滤结果（已撤回视为未授权）
+- [x] 响应中每台设备包含 `authorized_enterprise_id` 和 `authorized_enterprise_name`，未授权设备对应字段为 null/空字符串
+- [x] 企业名称通过批量查询获取，不触发 N+1 查询
+
+## Blocked by
+
+None - can start immediately

.scratch/enterprise-auth-and-asset-enhancements/issues/08-enterprise-card-auth-multi-mode.md

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+Status: ready-for-human
+
+## Parent
+
+`.scratch/enterprise-auth-and-asset-enhancements/PRD.md`
+
+## What to build
+
+将企业卡授权和收回接口升级为支持 list/range/filter 三种模式批量选取卡，替代原来只接受精确 ICCID 列表的方式。
+
+**涉及接口：**
+- `POST /api/admin/enterprises/{id}/allocate-cards`
+- `POST /api/admin/enterprises/{id}/recall-cards`
+
+**`AllocateCardsReq` 重构为：**
+- `selection_type string`（必填，`list`、`range` 或 `filter`）
+- list 模式：`iccids []string`（ICCID 列表，最多1000个）
+- range 模式：`iccid_start string` + `iccid_end string`（号段范围）
+- filter 模式过滤字段：`iccid string`（模糊）、`batch_no string`、`carrier_id *uint`、`shop_id *uint`、`shop_ids []uint`
+- `remark string`（备注，所有模式均可选）
+
+**`RecallCardsReq` 重构为：**
+- `selection_type string`（必填，`list`、`range` 或 `filter`）
+- list 模式：`iccids []string`
+- range 模式：`iccid_start string` + `iccid_end string`
+- filter 模式过滤字段：`iccid string`（模糊）、`batch_no string`、`carrier_id *uint`
+
+filter 和 range 模式下，allocate 操作的候选卡集受操作者权限约束（代理用户只能授权自己店铺的卡），与 `applyStandaloneFilters` 中的 `ApplyShopFilter` 逻辑保持一致。
+
+## Acceptance criteria
+
+- [x] `allocate-cards` 接口接受 `selection_type=list` + `iccids`，行为与改动前一致
+- [x] `allocate-cards` 接口接受 `selection_type=range` + 号段，批量授权号段内所有匹配的卡
+- [x] `allocate-cards` 接口接受 `selection_type=filter` + 过滤条件，批量授权所有匹配的卡
+- [x] `recall-cards` 接口同样支持三种模式，分别正确收回对应卡的企业授权
+- [x] filter/range 模式下代理用户只能操作自己店铺的卡，超出范围的卡进入失败列表
+- [x] 任何模式下尝试授权"已授权给其他企业"的卡，该卡进入失败列表并附带原因
+- [x] 响应中 `success_count`、`fail_count`、`failed_items` 准确反映实际执行结果
+
+## Blocked by
+
+- `issues/01-card-enterprise-auth-unique-constraint.md`

.scratch/enterprise-auth-and-asset-enhancements/issues/09-enterprise-device-auth-multi-mode.md

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+Status: ready-for-human
+
+## Parent
+
+`.scratch/enterprise-auth-and-asset-enhancements/PRD.md`
+
+## What to build
+
+将企业设备授权和收回接口升级为支持 list/filter 两种模式批量选取设备，替代原来只接受精确设备号列表的方式。
+
+**涉及接口：**
+- `POST /api/admin/enterprises/{id}/allocate-devices`
+- `POST /api/admin/enterprises/{id}/recall-devices`
+
+**`AllocateDevicesReq` 重构为：**
+- `selection_type string`（必填，`list` 或 `filter`）
+- list 模式：`device_nos []string`（设备虚拟号列表）
+- filter 模式过滤字段：`virtual_no string`（模糊）、`batch_no string`、`shop_id *uint`
+
+**`RecallDevicesReq` 重构为：**
+- `selection_type string`（必填，`list` 或 `filter`）
+- list 模式：`device_nos []string`
+- filter 模式过滤字段：`virtual_no string`（模糊）、`batch_no string`
+
+filter 模式下，allocate 操作的候选设备集受操作者权限约束（代理用户只能授权自己店铺的设备）。filter 模式命中的设备数量无硬性上限，但单次事务处理建议分批，超大批次需记录日志。
+
+## Acceptance criteria
+
+- [x] `allocate-devices` 接口接受 `selection_type=list` + `device_nos` 列表，行为与改动前一致
+- [x] `allocate-devices` 接口接受 `selection_type=filter` + 过滤条件，批量授权所有匹配设备
+- [x] `recall-devices` 接口接受 `selection_type=list` + `device_nos` 列表，行为与改动前一致
+- [x] `recall-devices` 接口接受 `selection_type=filter` + 过滤条件，批量收回所有匹配设备
+- [x] filter 模式下代理用户只能操作自己店铺的设备，超出范围的设备进入失败列表
+- [x] 响应中 `success_count`、`fail_count`、`failed_items` 准确反映实际执行结果
+
+## Blocked by
+
+None - can start immediately

.scratch/iot-risk-import-voucher-remark/PRD.md

@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+# PRD：IoT 卡风险状态限制 / 导入任务操作人与批量失效 / 凭证多图 / 预充值备注
+
+Status: ready-for-agent
+
+---
+
+## Problem Statement
+
+运营团队在日常工作中遇到四个独立痛点：
+
+1. **风险停机/已销户卡无法有效拦截**：运营商侧将某些卡置为"风险停机"或"已销户"状态后，系统仍允许对这些卡发起复机操作，且轮询系统仍持续轮询这些卡，浪费资源并可能产生错误数据。
+
+2. **导入任务无操作人信息**：IoT 卡导入任务和设备导入任务的列表中没有"操作人"字段，无法追溯是谁发起的批量操作。同时缺少批量失效订单套餐的操作入口，运营只能逐条手动处理。
+
+3. **凭证只能上传一张**：后台创建订单和发起退款时，只允许上传一张凭证图片，无法满足多张凭证的业务场景（如多笔转账记录、多页合同等）。
+
+4. **代理预充值缺少备注字段**：代理预充值操作无法附加运营备注，导致事后无法追溯充值的业务原因。
+
+---
+
+## Solution
+
+1. 在复机接口和轮询系统中增加对 `gateway_extend` 字段的检查，当独立卡处于"风险停机"或"已销户"状态时，拒绝复机并停止轮询。
+
+2. 在所有导入任务中快照操作人姓名；新增"批量失效订单套餐"导入任务，支持通过 CSV 批量将订单下的套餐置为失效状态。
+
+3. 将订单、退款、代理预充值的凭证字段改为支持最多5张的 jsonb 数组存储。
+
+4. 在代理预充值记录上新增 `remark` 备注字段，供运营创建时填写，并在列表/详情接口中返回。
+
+---
+
+## User Stories
+
+1. 作为运营人员，当我尝试对"风险停机"状态的独立卡发起复机时，我希望系统拒绝并提示原因，以免产生无效操作。
+2. 作为运营人员，当我尝试对"已销户"状态的独立卡发起复机时，我希望系统拒绝并提示原因，以免对已注销的卡发起无意义请求。
+3. 作为运营人员，我希望"风险停机"和"已销户"的独立卡不再参与系统轮询，以免浪费轮询资源并产生噪音数据。
+4. 作为运营人员，当轮询系统检测到某张独立卡的网关状态变为"风险停机"或"已销户"时，我希望系统自动将该卡的轮询关闭，而不需要手动干预。
+5. 作为运营人员，我希望在 IoT 卡导入任务列表中看到"操作人"姓名，以便追溯每次批量导入是谁发起的。
+6. 作为运营人员，我希望在设备导入任务列表中看到"操作人"姓名，以便追溯每次批量导入是谁发起的。
+7. 作为运营人员，我希望通过上传 CSV 文件批量将一批订单的套餐置为失效，以便快速处理异常订单。
+8. 作为运营人员，我希望在创建批量失效任务时能填写备注和上传凭证（最多5张），以便记录操作原因。
+9. 作为运营人员，我希望批量失效任务完成后能看到成功数、失败数，以及失败原因（如订单号不存在），以便核查处理结果。
+10. 作为运营人员，我希望批量失效套餐只影响套餐记录本身，不触发退款和其他业务流程，让轮询系统自行根据套餐状态处理停机。
+11. 作为运营人员，我希望在创建后台订单时可以上传最多5张凭证，以便完整记录线下付款证明。
+12. 作为运营人员，我希望在发起退款申请时可以上传最多5张凭证，以便完整记录退款证明材料。
+13. 作为运营人员，我希望在代理预充值列表中看到备注内容，以便了解每笔预充值的业务背景。
+14. 作为运营人员，我希望在创建代理预充值订单时填写备注，以便记录本次充值的原因或说明。
+15. 作为开放 API 调用方，当我通过 Open API 对"风险停机"或"已销户"的独立卡调用复机接口时，我希望收到明确的错误响应。
+
+---
+
+## Implementation Decisions
+
+### 需求一：风险停机/已销户卡限制
+
+- **判断字段**：`tb_iot_card.gateway_extend` 原文值 = `"风险停机"` 或 `"已销户"`。新增两个常量 `GatewayCardExtendRiskStop`、`GatewayCardExtendCancelled`。
+- **判断范围**：仅 `is_standalone = true` 的独立卡（未绑定设备的卡）。绑定设备的卡不受此限制。
+- **复机拦截**：在 `ManualStartCard`（后台管理员入口）和 `ResumeCard`（Open API 入口）两个函数中，调用网关前先读取 DB 中已落库的 `gateway_extend`，若命中则返回业务错误，不实时查询网关。
+- **轮询停止**：轮询状态处理器（`PollingCardStatusHandler`）在将新的 `gateway_extend` 写入 DB 后，检查若命中风险状态且 `is_standalone=true`，则调用现有的 `UpdatePollingStatus(false)` 将 `enable_polling` 写为 `false`，并跳过 `requeueCard`，终止该卡的轮询循环。
+- **错误码**：复机被拒绝时返回业务错误，提示信息明确说明原因（"风险停机"/"已销户"）。
+
+### 需求二：导入任务操作人与批量失效
+
+**操作人快照：**
+- `tb_iot_card_import_task` 和 `tb_device_import_task` 表各新增 `creator_name varchar` 字段。
+- 新的批量失效任务表同样包含此字段。
+- 创建任务时从当前登录用户快照姓名写入，旧数据留空（不回填）。
+- 列表响应 DTO 新增 `creator_name` 字段。
+
+**批量失效订单套餐任务：**
+- 新建模型、Store、Service、Handler，参照现有 IoT 卡导入任务的结构（CSV 上传 → 异步任务处理）。
+- CSV 格式：单列 `order_no`（无表头行约定沿用现有导入任务的处理方式）。
+- 创建接口额外支持：`remark`（字符串备注）和最多5张凭证（jsonb 存储）。
+- 处理逻辑：按行读取 `order_no` → 查询 `Order` → 找到 `PackageUsage WHERE order_id = ? AND status NOT IN (3, 4)` → 批量更新 `status = 4`（已失效）。
+- 订单不存在：记为失败（fail），继续处理后续行。
+- 订单存在但旗下套餐全部已是终态（status 3 或 4）：记为成功（success）。
+- 不触发退款，不直接操作 IoT 卡停机，由轮询系统根据套餐状态自行评估。
+- 任务表命名：`tb_order_package_invalidate_task`。
+
+### 需求三：凭证多图改造
+
+- `tb_order.payment_voucher_key`（varchar 500）→ `jsonb`，存储 `[]string`，最多5个元素。
+- `tb_refund.refund_voucher_key`（varchar 500）→ `jsonb`，存储 `[]string`，最多5个元素。
+- `tb_agent_recharge_record.payment_voucher_key`（varchar 500）→ `jsonb`，存储 `[]string`，最多5个元素。
+- **数据迁移**（同一 Migration 语句）：非空旧值 `"some_key"` → `["some_key"]`；空字符串 → `[]`。生产环境由运营手动执行 Migration。
+- 所有涉及凭证的请求 DTO 字段由 `string` 改为 `[]string`，validate 标签限制 `max=5`，每项 `max=500`。
+- 所有涉及凭证的响应 DTO 字段改为 `[]string`。
+- 不限制文件类型（上传 URL 获取接口层面不变，仅存储 key 列表）。
+
+### 需求四：代理预充值备注
+
+- `tb_agent_recharge_record` 新增 `remark text` 字段（可为空）。
+- `CreateAgentRechargeRequest` 新增 `remark` 字段（`omitempty`，无最大长度强限制，建议 1000 字符内）。
+- `AgentRechargeResponse` 新增 `remark` 字段（列表和详情接口均返回）。
+- 创建后不可修改，无需新增修改接口。
+
+---
+
+## Testing Decisions
+
+本项目禁止自动化测试。验证方式：
+
+- **PostgreSQL MCP**：核查 `tb_iot_card.enable_polling` 在风险状态卡被轮询后是否正确置为 `false`；核查 `tb_package_usage.status` 在批量失效任务执行后是否按预期更新；核查 jsonb 字段迁移结果。
+- **curl / Postman**：对风险停机卡调用复机接口，验证返回正确错误码；上传多张凭证创建订单，验证存储和返回正确；创建代理预充值时附带备注，验证列表返回。
+
+---
+
+## Out of Scope
+
+- 已绑定设备的卡（`is_standalone=false`）不受"风险停机/已销户"限制约束。
+- 批量失效订单套餐不触发退款流程。
+- 批量失效不直接调用网关停机，依赖轮询系统自行评估。
+- 历史导入任务的 `creator_name` 不回填。
+- 凭证文件类型校验（文件类型限制不在本次范围内）。
+- 代理预充值备注创建后不可修改（无修改接口）。
+
+---
+
+## Further Notes
+
+- 凭证字段改为 jsonb 后，前端需同步更新上传组件支持多选；本 PRD 只覆盖后端改造。
+- 批量失效任务的凭证和备注字段，与代理预充值备注字段、以及需求三的多凭证设计保持一致的数据形态，便于后续统一处理。
+- "风险停机"和"已销户"的 `gateway_extend` 原文值来自上游网关，若上游修改返回值需同步更新常量。

.scratch/iot-risk-import-voucher-remark/issues/01-risk-resume-block.md

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+Status: done
+
+## Parent
+
+`.scratch/iot-risk-import-voucher-remark/PRD.md`
+
+## What to build
+
+新增两个 gateway_extend 常量（`GatewayCardExtendRiskStop = "风险停机"`、`GatewayCardExtendCancelled = "已销户"`），然后在后台复机入口（`ManualStartCard`）和 Open API 复机入口（`ResumeCard`）中增加前置拦截：
+
+- 仅对 `is_standalone = true` 的独立卡生效
+- 读取 DB 中已落库的 `gateway_extend` 字段（不实时查网关）
+- 若命中 `"风险停机"` 或 `"已销户"`，立即返回业务错误，不再继续调用网关
+- 错误提示需明确说明被拒绝的原因（如"该卡已被运营商风险停机，不允许复机"）
+
+无 Schema 变更，不需要 Migration。
+
+## Acceptance criteria
+
+- [ ] `pkg/constants/iot.go` 新增 `GatewayCardExtendRiskStop`、`GatewayCardExtendCancelled` 两个常量
+- [ ] 后台 `ManualStartCard` 在调用网关前检查独立卡 `gateway_extend`，命中风险值时返回业务错误
+- [ ] Open API `ResumeCard` 在调用网关前检查独立卡 `gateway_extend`，命中风险值时返回业务错误
+- [ ] 已绑定设备的卡（`is_standalone = false`）不受此限制，复机正常进行
+- [ ] 返回的错误信息能区分"风险停机"和"已销户"两种情况
+
+## Blocked by
+
+None - can start immediately

.scratch/iot-risk-import-voucher-remark/issues/02-polling-auto-stop-risk-card.md

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+Status: done
+
+## Parent
+
+`.scratch/iot-risk-import-voucher-remark/PRD.md`
+
+## What to build
+
+在 `PollingCardStatusHandler` 中，当轮询查询网关后将新的 `gateway_extend` 写入 DB，若新值命中风险常量（`GatewayCardExtendRiskStop` 或 `GatewayCardExtendCancelled`）且该卡 `is_standalone = true`，则：
+
+1. 调用现有的 `UpdatePollingStatus(false)` 将 `enable_polling` 写为 `false`
+2. 跳过末尾的 `requeueCard`，终止该卡的轮询循环
+
+检查时机：在 `UpdateFields` 写入 `gateway_extend` 成功之后，`requeueCard` 调用之前。
+
+不需要 Schema 变更，不需要 Migration。
+
+## Acceptance criteria
+
+- [ ] 轮询处理器在写入 `gateway_extend` 后检查风险状态
+- [ ] 独立卡（`is_standalone=true`）命中风险值时调用 `UpdatePollingStatus(false)`，`tb_iot_card.enable_polling` 被置为 `false`
+- [ ] 该卡不再入队（不调用 `requeueCard`），轮询循环终止
+- [ ] 已绑定设备的卡（`is_standalone=false`）命中风险值时不触发此逻辑，轮询正常继续
+- [ ] 可通过 PostgreSQL MCP 验证：风险状态卡处理后 `enable_polling = false`
+
+## Blocked by
+
+- `issues/01-risk-resume-block.md`（依赖 `GatewayCardExtendRiskStop`、`GatewayCardExtendCancelled` 常量）

.scratch/iot-risk-import-voucher-remark/issues/03-import-task-creator-name.md

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+Status: done
+
+## Parent
+
+`.scratch/iot-risk-import-voucher-remark/PRD.md`
+
+## What to build
+
+在现有两个导入任务表中新增操作人快照字段，并在列表接口返回：
+
+- `tb_iot_card_import_task` 新增 `creator_name varchar(100)` 字段
+- `tb_device_import_task` 新增 `creator_name varchar(100)` 字段
+- 创建任务时从当前登录用户快照姓名写入（不可为 null，旧数据留空字符串）
+- IoT 卡导入任务列表响应 DTO 新增 `creator_name` 字段
+- 设备导入任务列表响应 DTO 新增 `creator_name` 字段
+
+历史数据不回填，旧记录 `creator_name` 为空字符串。
+
+## Acceptance criteria
+
+- [ ] Migration 为两个现有任务表各添加 `creator_name varchar(100) not null default ''` 字段
+- [ ] IoT 卡导入任务创建时写入当前用户姓名快照
+- [ ] 设备导入任务创建时写入当前用户姓名快照
+- [ ] IoT 卡导入任务列表接口返回 `creator_name` 字段
+- [ ] 设备导入任务列表接口返回 `creator_name` 字段
+- [ ] 旧记录 `creator_name` 为空字符串，不报错
+
+## Blocked by
+
+None - can start immediately

.scratch/iot-risk-import-voucher-remark/issues/04-batch-invalidate-package-task.md

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+Status: done
+
+## Parent
+
+`.scratch/iot-risk-import-voucher-remark/PRD.md`
+
+## What to build
+
+新增"批量失效订单套餐"导入任务，完整实现 Model → Store → Service → Handler → Route → Worker 全链路，参照现有 IoT 卡导入任务的结构。
+
+**数据模型**（新建 `tb_order_package_invalidate_task`）：
+- 参照 `tb_iot_card_import_task` 的基础字段（任务编号、状态、计数、失败/跳过明细、文件存储 key、时间戳等）
+- 额外字段：`creator_name varchar(100)`、`remark text`、`voucher_keys jsonb`（存储 `[]string`，最多5个元素）
+
+**上传接口**（创建任务）：
+- 接受 CSV 文件（单列 `order_no`）
+- 额外参数：`remark`（字符串，可选）和 `voucher_keys`（`[]string`，最多5个，可选）
+- 写入 `creator_name` 快照
+
+**Worker 处理逻辑**：
+- 逐行读取 `order_no`
+- 按 `order_no` 查询 `tb_order` 获取 `order_id`；找不到则记为失败，继续处理
+- 查询 `tb_package_usage WHERE order_id = ? AND status NOT IN (3, 4)`，批量更新 `status = 4`（已失效）
+- 订单存在但套餐全部已是终态（status 3 或 4）：记为成功
+- 不触发退款，不调用网关，不直接停机
+
+**列表/详情接口**：参照现有导入任务接口结构。
+
+## Acceptance criteria
+
+- [ ] Migration 创建 `tb_order_package_invalidate_task` 表，包含所有必要字段
+- [ ] 创建任务接口：接受 CSV + remark + voucher_keys（最多5个），写入 creator_name 快照
+- [ ] Worker 按行处理：`order_no` 不存在 → 失败并记录原因，继续下一行
+- [ ] Worker 按行处理：订单存在且有可失效套餐 → 批量更新 `status=4` → 记为成功
+- [ ] Worker 按行处理：订单存在但套餐全为终态 → 记为成功
+- [ ] 处理过程中不调用退款接口、不操作网关
+- [ ] 列表接口返回 `creator_name`、`remark`、任务状态和计数
+- [ ] 详情接口返回失败明细（含 order_no 和原因）
+- [ ] 已在路由和文档生成器中注册
+
+## Blocked by
+
+None - can start immediately

.scratch/iot-risk-import-voucher-remark/issues/05-voucher-multi-migration.md

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+Status: done
+
+## Parent
+
+`.scratch/iot-risk-import-voucher-remark/PRD.md`
+
+## What to build
+
+一次 Migration 完成三个现有表的凭证字段类型变更，并同时新增代理预充值备注字段：
+
+**字段类型变更**（varchar(500) → jsonb）：
+- `tb_order.payment_voucher_key`
+- `tb_refund.refund_voucher_key`
+- `tb_agent_recharge_record.payment_voucher_key`
+
+**数据转换规则**（在同一 Migration 的 USING 子句中完成）：
+- 非空旧值 `"some_key"` → `["some_key"]`
+- 空字符串 `""` → `[]`
+- NULL → `[]`
+
+**新增字段**：
+- `tb_agent_recharge_record.remark text`（可为空，默认 null）
+
+生产环境由运营手动执行，Migration 文件需包含完整的 UP 和 DOWN 语句。
+
+## Acceptance criteria
+
+- [ ] Migration UP：三个凭证字段成功从 varchar 转为 jsonb，历史单值数据转换为单元素数组
+- [ ] Migration UP：空字符串/NULL 转换为空数组 `[]`
+- [ ] Migration UP：`tb_agent_recharge_record` 新增 `remark text` 字段
+- [ ] Migration DOWN：可回滚（jsonb → varchar，取数组第一个元素；remark 字段删除）
+- [ ] 迁移后可用 PostgreSQL MCP 验证数据格式正确
+
+## Blocked by
+
+None - can start immediately

.scratch/iot-risk-import-voucher-remark/issues/06-order-voucher-multi.md

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+Status: done
+
+## Parent
+
+`.scratch/iot-risk-import-voucher-remark/PRD.md`
+
+## What to build
+
+将后台创建订单接口的凭证字段从单个字符串改为最多5个字符串的列表：
+
+- `CreateAdminOrderRequest.payment_voucher_key`：`string` → `[]string`，validate 限制 `max=5`，每项 `max=500`
+- `OrderResponse.payment_voucher_key`（以及所有订单相关响应 DTO）：`string` → `[]string`
+- Order Model 的 `PaymentVoucherKey` 字段类型改为适配 jsonb 的 `pq.StringArray` 或自定义 JSON 类型
+- Order Service 中读写 `payment_voucher_key` 的逻辑同步更新
+
+Schema 变更已由 `issues/05-voucher-multi-migration.md` 完成。
+
+## Acceptance criteria
+
+- [ ] 后台创建订单接口接受 `payment_voucher_key []string`（0-5个元素），offline 支付时至少需要1个
+- [ ] 订单列表/详情接口返回 `payment_voucher_key []string`
+- [ ] 传入超过5个凭证 key 时返回参数校验错误
+- [ ] 现有无凭证的订单（wallet 支付）返回空数组，不报错
+
+## Blocked by
+
+- `issues/05-voucher-multi-migration.md`

.scratch/iot-risk-import-voucher-remark/issues/07-refund-voucher-multi.md

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+Status: done
+
+## Parent
+
+`.scratch/iot-risk-import-voucher-remark/PRD.md`
+
+## What to build
+
+将退款申请接口的凭证字段从单个字符串改为最多5个字符串的列表：
+
+- `CreateRefundRequest.refund_voucher_key`：`string` → `[]string`，validate 限制 `max=5`，每项 `max=500`，required（至少1个）
+- `ResubmitRefundRequest.refund_voucher_key`：`*string` → `*[]string`（重新提交时可选替换）
+- `RefundResponse.refund_voucher_key`（以及所有退款相关响应 DTO）：`string` → `[]string`
+- Refund Model 的 `RefundVoucherKey` 字段类型改为适配 jsonb 的类型
+- Refund Service 中读写 `refund_voucher_key` 的逻辑同步更新
+
+Schema 变更已由 `issues/05-voucher-multi-migration.md` 完成。
+
+## Acceptance criteria
+
+- [ ] 创建退款申请接口接受 `refund_voucher_key []string`（1-5个元素，必填）
+- [ ] 重新提交退款接口的 `refund_voucher_key` 可选，传入时替换全部凭证
+- [ ] 退款列表/详情接口返回 `refund_voucher_key []string`
+- [ ] 传入超过5个凭证 key 时返回参数校验错误
+- [ ] 传入空数组时返回参数校验错误（至少需要1个）
+
+## Blocked by
+
+- `issues/05-voucher-multi-migration.md`

.scratch/iot-risk-import-voucher-remark/issues/08-agent-recharge-voucher-remark.md

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+Status: done
+
+## Parent
+
+`.scratch/iot-risk-import-voucher-remark/PRD.md`
+
+## What to build
+
+同时完成代理预充值的凭证多图改造和备注字段接入：
+
+**凭证多图**：
+- `CreateAgentRechargeRequest.payment_voucher_key`：`string` → `[]string`，validate 限制 `max=5`，每项 `max=500`（offline 支付时至少1个，微信支付时忽略）
+- `AgentRechargeResponse.payment_voucher_key`：`string` → `[]string`
+- `AgentRechargeRecord.PaymentVoucherKey` Model 字段类型改为适配 jsonb 的类型
+
+**备注字段**：
+- `CreateAgentRechargeRequest` 新增 `remark string`（可选，建议不超过1000字符）
+- `AgentRechargeResponse` 新增 `remark string`（列表和详情接口均返回）
+- `AgentRechargeRecord.Remark` 在创建时写入，后续不可修改
+
+AgentRecharge Service 中读写相关字段的逻辑同步更新。
+
+Schema 变更（payment_voucher_key 类型 + remark 字段）已由 `issues/05-voucher-multi-migration.md` 完成。
+
+## Acceptance criteria
+
+- [ ] 创建代理预充值接口接受 `payment_voucher_key []string`（offline 时至少1个）和可选 `remark`
+- [ ] 代理预充值列表/详情接口返回 `payment_voucher_key []string` 和 `remark`
+- [ ] 传入超过5个凭证 key 时返回参数校验错误
+- [ ] 不新增 remark 修改接口，创建后备注字段只读
+- [ ] 微信支付创建预充值时可不传凭证（与现有逻辑一致）
+
+## Blocked by
+
+- `issues/05-voucher-multi-migration.md`

AGENTS.md

@@ -335,34 +335,5 @@ queueClient.EnqueueTask(ctx, constants.TaskTypeXxx, payloadBytes)
 
 ---
 
-## Codebase Search Protocol（重要！请严格遵守）
 
-你现在拥有 **cocoindex-code (ccc)** 语义搜索工具，它是本项目最强大的代码检索方式。
-
-**搜索优先级规则**：
-
-1. **大多数情况下优先使用 cocoindex-code semantic search**（推荐默认选择）
-2. **仅在以下情况优先使用 grep**：
-   - 需要查找精确的函数名、变量名、结构体名、SQL 表名、错误码等
-   - 需要做精确字符串匹配
-   - semantic search 结果不够准确时再补充 grep
-
-**强烈推荐优先使用 ccc 的场景**：
-- 查找业务逻辑、字段使用和修改情况（如店铺名称相关处理）
-- 探索不熟悉的模块或跨文件关联逻辑
-- 找语义相似的实现（即使命名不同）
-- 需要减少搜索轮次和 token 消耗时
-
-**调用要求**：
-- 优先调用 `ccc search` 或 `cocoindex_code_search` 工具
-- 查询请使用**自然语言描述业务目的**，例如：
-  - “店铺名称字段的读写、校验和保存逻辑”
-  - “所有涉及 shop_name / store_name 的处理流程”
-  - “权限校验相关的函数和中间件”
-
-使用 semantic search 后，请引用返回的文件路径和关键代码片段。
-
-**默认原则**：如果不确定用哪个工具，**优先使用 cocoindex-code semantic search**。
-
-
-**详细规范和 OpenSpec 工作流请查看**: `@/openspec/AGENTS.md`
+**详细规范和 OpenSpec 工作流请查看**: `@/openspec/AGENTS.md`

AI系统级规划提示词规范.md

@@ -0,0 +1,522 @@
+# AI 系统级规划提示词规范
+
+用途：在需要 AI 生成大功能、复杂系统或跨模块改造计划时，先粘贴本文的提示词，再补充业务背景。它的目标是让 AI 先收敛目标、边界、事实源、状态机、失败路径和验收标准，再生成不容易漂移的系统级 plan。
+
+建议使用方式：
+
+1. 先把下面完整提示词复制给 AI。
+2. 再贴业务背景、已有代码约束、用户旅程或参考材料。
+3. 第一轮只让 AI 提澄清问题和共识摘要，不要直接进入最终 plan。
+4. 共识确认后，再要求 AI 生成完整系统级 plan。
+5. 最后要求 AI 进行反向审查，并把缺口合并回最终版。
+
+## 完整提示词
+
+````text
+你现在不是代码执行者，而是“资深系统架构师 + 产品技术负责人 + 交付负责人”。
+
+请帮我为一个功能/项目生成系统级实现计划。你的目标不是简单列任务，而是产出一份能约束后续 AI 执行、不容易漂移、能覆盖业务闭环的完整 plan。
+
+在我明确说“开始实现”之前，不要写代码，不要改文件，不要进入实现。
+
+# 一、工作方式
+
+你必须按以下顺序工作：
+
+1. 先理解我提供的背景。
+2. 如果信息不足，不要直接生成最终 plan，先提出“关键澄清问题”。
+3. 澄清问题必须按优先级排序，最多分三组：
+   - 必须确认，否则 plan 会错
+   - 建议确认，否则执行中可能漂移
+   - 可以暂时由 AI 假设
+4. 当信息足够后，先输出“共识摘要”，让我确认。
+5. 共识确认后，再生成完整系统级 plan。
+6. 生成 plan 后，必须进行一次“反向审查”，找缺口、矛盾、漂移风险。
+7. 最后把审查发现合并进最终版 plan。
+
+# 二、计划的核心原则
+
+生成计划时必须遵守：
+
+- 不要只按 Model / Store / Service / Handler 拆任务。
+- 必须按“业务闭环”组织阶段。
+- 每个阶段都要回答：这个阶段让哪个用户、哪个业务流程真正可用？
+- 所有计划必须明确：
+  - 做什么
+  - 不做什么
+  - 为什么现在做
+  - 为什么不是以后做
+  - 依赖什么
+  - 如何验证完成
+- 对不确定的内容必须显式标记为“假设”或“待确认”，不能悄悄编造。
+- 不允许 scope creep。任何超出 MVP 的想法必须放到 V2 / 后置增强。
+- 必须区分：
+  - 事实源
+  - 缓存
+  - 派生数据
+  - 日志/对象存储/审计材料
+- 涉及资金、权限、状态流转、异步任务、外部接口时，必须单独成节。
+
+# 三、计划必须包含的章节
+
+最终 plan 必须包含以下章节，不得省略。
+
+## 0. 目标与边界
+
+说明：
+
+- 项目/功能目标
+- 当前版本 MVP 范围
+- 明确不做什么
+- V2 / 后置增强
+- 关键原则
+- 核心业务闭环
+
+必须写成清晰约束，例如：
+
+- “A 是事实源，B 只是缓存”
+- “系统不保存 XXX 明文”
+- “本阶段不做 XXX”
+- “失败时必须 XXX”
+- “用户可见结果必须 XXX”
+
+## 1. 角色与用户旅程
+
+列出所有角色，例如：
+
+- 普通用户
+- 运营人员
+- 管理员
+- 第三方系统
+- 异步 worker
+- 外部服务
+
+每个角色都要有完整旅程：
+
+```text
+角色
+  -> 入口
+  -> 操作
+  -> 系统处理
+  -> 状态变化
+  -> 用户看到的结果
+  -> 异常时如何处理
+```
+
+如果某个角色没有闭环，要指出缺口。
+
+## 2. 系统边界与模块职责
+
+说明每个模块负责什么、不负责什么。
+
+必须包含：
+
+- 前端职责
+- Handler/API 职责
+- Service 职责
+- Store/DB 职责
+- Worker/异步任务职责
+- 外部服务职责
+- Admin/运营后台职责
+
+禁止把业务逻辑模糊地写成“后端处理”。
+
+## 3. 当前代码与现状依据
+
+如果你能访问代码库，必须先阅读相关文件，再写本节。
+
+本节要列出：
+
+- 已有能力
+- 已有表/模型
+- 已有 API
+- 已有服务/Store/Worker
+- 可以复用的实现
+- 已知坑点
+- 与现有规范冲突的地方
+
+每条重要判断都要带文件路径或明确依据。
+
+如果不能访问代码库，必须说明“以下为基于用户描述的假设”。
+
+## 4. 数据模型与事实源
+
+必须写清楚：
+
+- 新增表
+- 修改表
+- 字段含义
+- 枚举值
+- 唯一约束
+- 索引
+- 软删除策略
+- 迁移策略
+- 回滚策略
+- 历史数据兼容
+- 哪些数据是事实源
+- 哪些数据只是缓存/快照/投影
+
+涉及金额时必须写：
+
+- 金额单位
+- 精度策略
+- 是否允许负数
+- 四舍五入/截断规则
+- 资金流水是否可追溯
+- 是否允许直接改余额缓存
+
+## 5. API 契约
+
+列出所有接口：
+
+```text
+METHOD /path
+权限：
+入参：
+出参：
+错误码：
+状态变化：
+幂等规则：
+审计/日志：
+```
+
+必须包含：
+
+- 用户侧 API
+- Admin API
+- Webhook/API callback
+- Worker 触发入口
+- 内部接口或复用点
+
+新增 Handler 时必须说明文档生成器/路由注册同步要求。
+
+## 6. 状态机
+
+凡是有状态字段，必须写状态机。
+
+格式：
+
+```text
+状态：
+- pending
+- processing
+- success
+- failed
+- cancelled
+
+允许流转：
+pending -> processing
+processing -> success
+processing -> failed
+
+禁止流转：
+success -> pending
+failed -> processing
+
+并发规则：
+- 同一资源同时只能有一个 pending
+- 状态更新必须使用 WHERE status = expected
+```
+
+必须覆盖：
+
+- 正常路径
+- 失败路径
+- 取消路径
+- 重试路径
+- 人工处理路径
+- 状态不可逆规则
+
+## 7. 权限与越权防护
+
+必须说明：
+
+- 谁能访问
+- 如何识别身份
+- 如何判断资源归属
+- Handler 层做什么
+- Service 层做什么
+- Store 层是否需要过滤
+- Admin 是否有二次校验
+- 错误信息是否防止泄露资源存在性
+
+要求：
+
+- 不得信任前端传入的用户身份、角色、权限字段。
+- 无权限和资源不存在是否统一返回，需要明确。
+- 所有敏感操作必须有审计。
+
+## 8. 幂等、并发与事务
+
+必须单独说明：
+
+- 创建类操作如何防重复
+- 状态流转如何防重复
+- 金额/库存/余额如何防并发错误
+- 异步任务是否可重复消费
+- Webhook 是否幂等
+- 请求重试会发生什么
+- 事务边界在哪里
+- 事务内禁止做什么
+- 事务提交后才做什么
+
+必须写出关键策略，例如：
+
+```text
+状态流转使用 WHERE id = ? AND status = ?
+余额变更必须在同一事务内完成
+异步任务在事务提交后入队
+Webhook event_id 必须幂等
+```
+
+## 9. 异步任务与外部服务
+
+如果涉及外部服务或 Worker，必须写：
+
+- 任务类型
+- payload 结构
+- 入队时机
+- 消费逻辑
+- 重试策略
+- 幂等键
+- 失败后状态
+- 日志关键字
+- 外部服务超时策略
+- 外部服务返回未知状态时如何处理
+
+禁止只写“调用第三方接口”。
+
+## 10. 失败路径与异常处理矩阵
+
+必须提供失败矩阵：
+
+| 场景 | 系统行为 | 状态变化 | 是否重试 | 用户可见结果 | Admin 如何处理 |
+|---|---|---|---|---|---|
+
+至少覆盖：
+
+- 参数错误
+- 无权限
+- 资源不存在
+- 并发冲突
+- 重复请求
+- 外部接口失败
+- 外部接口超时
+- 结果未知
+- 事务失败
+- 异步任务失败
+- 数据不一致
+- 人工介入
+
+## 11. Admin / 运营闭环
+
+必须回答：
+
+- Admin 在哪里看到这件事？
+- Admin 能筛选什么？
+- Admin 能处理什么？
+- Admin 处理后状态如何变化？
+- 是否需要备注、原因、凭证？
+- 是否写审计日志？
+- 用户能否看到处理结果？
+
+如果没有 Admin 入口，必须说明为什么不需要。
+
+## 12. 日志、审计与可观测性
+
+必须列出：
+
+- 关键日志
+- 审计事件
+- 操作人
+- request_id / trace_id
+- 重要状态变化
+- 外部请求/响应是否保存
+- 敏感字段如何脱敏
+- 排查问题时查哪些表、哪些日志
+
+## 13. 前端 / 页面 / 交互契约
+
+如果涉及前端，必须说明：
+
+- 页面入口
+- Tab / 弹窗 / 表单
+- 空态
+- 加载态
+- 错误态
+- 提交前确认
+- 成功后刷新哪些数据
+- 权限不足时如何展示
+- 移动端是否需要特殊处理
+
+不要只写“新增页面”。
+
+## 14. 分阶段实现计划
+
+阶段必须按业务闭环拆，不要只按技术层拆。
+
+每个 Phase 必须包含：
+
+```text
+Phase N - 名称
+
+目标：
+本阶段完成后，哪个业务闭环可用：
+
+包含需求：
+不包含：
+依赖：
+涉及模块：
+关键表：
+关键接口：
+关键状态机：
+关键风险：
+验证方式：
+完成标准：
+```
+
+阶段顺序必须解释为什么这样排。
+
+如果有破坏性变更，必须单独阶段、单独部署、单独回滚。
+
+## 15. 任务拆分
+
+在系统级 plan 完成后，再拆 tasks。
+
+每个 task 必须包含：
+
+- 任务目标
+- 修改文件范围
+- 输入依赖
+- 输出产物
+- 验证方式
+- 不允许做什么
+- 完成标准
+
+不要把多个无关业务目标塞进同一个 task。
+
+## 16. 验收标准
+
+验收必须是可观察、可执行、可判定的。
+
+格式：
+
+```text
+1. 当用户执行 XXX 时，系统应 XXX
+2. DB 中应出现 XXX
+3. 日志中应出现 XXX
+4. Admin 页面应能看到 XXX
+5. 重复提交时不会 XXX
+6. 外部服务失败时状态为 XXX
+```
+
+验收必须覆盖：
+
+- 用户主链路
+- Admin 处理链路
+- 权限拒绝
+- 幂等重复
+- 并发边界
+- 外部失败
+- 数据一致性
+- 文档/路由注册
+
+如果项目不写自动化测试，则验收方式使用：
+
+- `go build`
+- `rg` / 静态搜索
+- 数据库查询
+- curl / Postman 手工接口验证
+- Worker/API 日志
+- OpenAPI 文档生成检查
+
+不要生成 `*_test.go`，除非我明确要求。
+
+## 17. 风险与后置增强
+
+必须分成：
+
+- 当前必须解决的风险
+- 可以接受但要记录的风险
+- V2 后置增强
+- 不再讨论的 rejected 方案
+
+每个 rejected 方案都要写拒绝原因，防止后续 AI 反复重新考虑。
+
+## 18. 反向审查
+
+生成初稿后，必须审查以下问题：
+
+1. 是否有用户旅程断点？
+2. 是否有数据事实源不清？
+3. 是否有状态机缺口？
+4. 是否有权限/越权风险？
+5. 是否有幂等和并发风险？
+6. 是否有外部服务失败路径？
+7. 是否有 Admin/运营处理缺口？
+8. 是否有资金/余额/库存类一致性风险？
+9. 是否有接口文档/路由注册遗漏？
+10. 是否有验收标准不可执行？
+11. 是否有和项目规范冲突？
+12. 是否有 scope creep？
+13. 是否有“写入完成但读取侧没规划”的问题？
+14. 是否有“后端完成但前端/运营入口缺失”的问题？
+
+审查后输出：
+
+```text
+发现的问题：
+影响：
+修正方式：
+是否已合并进最终 plan：
+```
+
+# 四、输出要求
+
+输出必须使用中文。
+
+最终输出结构：
+
+1. 关键澄清问题（如需要）
+2. 共识摘要
+3. 完整系统级 plan
+4. 分阶段计划
+5. 任务拆分
+6. MVP 验收清单
+7. 风险与后置增强
+8. 反向审查结果
+
+不要空泛，不要只写原则。必须具体到业务状态、接口、数据、失败路径和验收证据。
+
+# 五、我的项目特殊规范
+
+以下规范必须遵守：
+
+- 使用中文交互、中文文档、中文注释、中文日志、中文用户错误消息。
+- 代码命名使用英文。
+- 严格遵守项目现有技术栈，不主动引入新框架或新依赖。
+- 遵守 Handler → Service → Store → Model 分层。
+- Handler 不写业务逻辑。
+- Service 承载业务规则。
+- Store 负责数据访问和事务。
+- 所有错误使用项目统一错误码。
+- 新增 Handler 必须同步路由注册和文档生成器。
+- 状态类字段用 int，类型/方式类字段用 string。
+- 所有枚举描述必须与 constants 保持一致。
+- 数据库不使用外键约束，不使用 GORM 关联标签。
+- 默认不写自动化测试，除非我明确要求。
+- 验证默认使用：go build、静态搜索、数据库查询、curl/Postman、日志、OpenAPI 文档生成检查。
+
+# 六、现在请先做第一步
+
+我接下来会提供功能背景。
+
+你收到背景后，先不要生成最终 plan。
+请先输出：
+
+1. 你理解的目标
+2. 你理解的非目标
+3. 你认为必须确认的问题
+4. 你建议我补充的上下文
+5. 哪些地方可以先用假设推进
+````

CLAUDE.md

@@ -335,34 +335,20 @@ queueClient.EnqueueTask(ctx, constants.TaskTypeXxx, payloadBytes)
 
 ---
 
-## Codebase Search Protocol（重要！请严格遵守）
-
-你现在拥有 **cocoindex-code (ccc)** 语义搜索工具，它是本项目最强大的代码检索方式。
-
-**搜索优先级规则**：
-
-1. **大多数情况下优先使用 cocoindex-code semantic search**（推荐默认选择）
-2. **仅在以下情况优先使用 grep**：
-   - 需要查找精确的函数名、变量名、结构体名、SQL 表名、错误码等
-   - 需要做精确字符串匹配
-   - semantic search 结果不够准确时再补充 grep
-
-**强烈推荐优先使用 ccc 的场景**：
-- 查找业务逻辑、字段使用和修改情况（如店铺名称相关处理）
-- 探索不熟悉的模块或跨文件关联逻辑
-- 找语义相似的实现（即使命名不同）
-- 需要减少搜索轮次和 token 消耗时
-
-**调用要求**：
-- 优先调用 `ccc search` 或 `cocoindex_code_search` 工具
-- 查询请使用**自然语言描述业务目的**，例如：
-  - “店铺名称字段的读写、校验和保存逻辑”
-  - “所有涉及 shop_name / store_name 的处理流程”
-  - “权限校验相关的函数和中间件”
-
-使用 semantic search 后，请引用返回的文件路径和关键代码片段。
-
-**默认原则**：如果不确定用哪个工具，**优先使用 cocoindex-code semantic search**。
 
 
-**详细规范和 OpenSpec 工作流请查看**: `@/openspec/AGENTS.md`
+**详细规范和 OpenSpec 工作流请查看**: `@/openspec/AGENTS.md`
+
+## Agent skills
+
+### Issue tracker
+
+Issue 和 PRD 以本地 Markdown 文件形式存放在 `.scratch/<feature-slug>/` 下。详见 `docs/agents/issue-tracker.md`。
+
+### Triage labels
+
+使用默认的英文 Triage 标签词汇（`needs-triage` / `needs-info` / `ready-for-agent` / `ready-for-human` / `wontfix`）。详见 `docs/agents/triage-labels.md`。
+
+### Domain docs
+
+单 Context 布局——根目录的 `CONTEXT.md` + `docs/adr/`（按需懒创建），与现有的 `openspec/` 提案工作流并存。详见 `docs/agents/domain.md`。

CONTEXT.md

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# 领域术语表
+
+## 资产（Asset）
+
+**IoT 卡 / IotCard**：物联网流量卡，以 ICCID 为唯一标识。分为独立卡（`is_standalone=true`，未绑定设备）和设备卡（绑定在设备上）。
+
+**设备 / Device**：硬件设备，以虚拟号（VirtualNo）为业务标识，可插卡使用。
+
+**资产世代 / Generation**：`generation` 字段记录卡/设备经历"换货+旧资产转新"操作的次数。初始值为 1；每完成一次换货且旧资产执行"转新"后加 1。`generation > 1` 说明该资产曾作为旧资产经历过换货并被重新投入使用。
+
+**资产业务状态 / AssetStatus**：`asset_status` 字段表示资产在 CMP 内部的业务生命周期（1=在库, 2=已销售, 3=已换货, 4=已停用）。换货完成时旧资产置为 3；执行"旧资产转新"后重置为 1，同时 generation+1。
+
+## 企业授权（Enterprise Authorization）
+
+**卡企业授权**：将独立卡授权给企业使用的操作。**业务约束：一张卡在同一时间只能授权给一个企业**（与设备授权保持一致，数据库通过部分唯一索引强制约束）。
+
+**有效授权**：`revoked_at IS NULL AND deleted_at IS NULL` 的授权记录。撤回授权后（`revoked_at` 有值）视为历史记录，不计入当前授权关系。
+
+**设备企业授权**：将设备（含其绑定卡）授权给企业使用的操作。同一台设备同一时间只能授权给一个企业（`uq_active_device_auth` 唯一约束）。

README.md

@@ -16,6 +16,16 @@
 
 君鸿卡管系统是一个物联网卡和号卡的全生命周期管理平台，支持三种客户类型和两种组织实体的多租户管理。
 
+### 后台运营批量能力
+
+后台卡/设备套餐系列绑定接口支持按显式列表、号段范围、筛选条件三种方式批量选择资源。运营人员可按完整筛选结果批量设置或清除套餐系列绑定，不受列表分页勾选限制。
+
+### 设备状态口径
+
+设备 `status` 仅表示归属状态（在库/已分销），业务激活状态通过 `activation_status` 返回；设备需同时具备生效中主套餐和任意已实名绑定卡才视为已激活。
+
+后台设备列表 `GET /api/admin/devices` 支持按 `virtual_no`、`imei`、设备名称、归属状态、激活状态、店铺、套餐系列等条件筛选。
+
 ### 三种客户类型
 
 | 客户类型 | 业务特点 | 典型场景 | 钱包归属 |
@@ -218,6 +228,7 @@ default:
 - **B 端认证系统**：完整的后台和 H5 认证功能，支持基于 Redis 的 Token 管理和双令牌机制（Access Token 24h + Refresh Token 7天）；包含登录、登出、Token 刷新、用户信息查询和密码修改功能；通过用户类型隔离确保后台（SuperAdmin、Platform、Agent）和 H5（Agent、Enterprise）的访问控制；详见 [API 文档](docs/api/auth.md)、[使用指南](docs/auth-usage-guide.md) 和 [架构说明](docs/auth-architecture.md)
 - **生命周期管理**：物联网卡/号卡的开卡、激活、停机、复机、销户
 - **代理商体系**：层级管理和分佣结算，支持差价佣金和一次性佣金两种佣金类型，详见 [套餐与佣金业务模型](docs/commission-package-model.md)
+- **代理开放接口**：新增 `/api/open/v1` 签名接口，代理店铺第三方系统可调用卡流量、卡状态、实名状态、套餐列表、预充值钱包余额/流水和钱包套餐购买能力。详见 [对接说明](docs/agent-open-api/功能总结.md) 与 [误发差价佣金修复说明](docs/agent-open-api/开放接口误发差价佣金修复说明.md)
 - **批量同步**：卡状态、实名状态、流量使用情况
 - **轮询系统**：IoT 卡实名状态、流量使用、套餐余额的定时轮询检查；支持配置化轮询策略、动态并发控制、告警系统、数据清理和手动触发功能；详见 [轮询系统文档](docs/polling-system/README.md)
 - **套餐系统升级**：完整的套餐生命周期管理，支持主套餐排队激活、加油包绑定主套餐、囤货待实名激活、流量按优先级扣减、自然月/按天有效期计算、日/月/年流量重置、客户端流量查询和套餐流量详单；详见 [套餐系统升级文档](docs/package-system-upgrade/)
@@ -489,17 +500,22 @@ junhong_cmp_fiber/
                     └────────────┬────────────┘
                                  │
                 ┌────────────▼────────────┐
-                │  4. 认证中间件          │
+                │  4. CORS 中间件         │
+                │  (跨域预检)             │
+                └────────────┬────────────┘
+                             │
+                ┌────────────▼────────────┐
+                │  5. 认证中间件          │
                 │  (按路由组配置)         │ ─── 模块化路由注册
                 └────────────┬────────────┘
                              │
                 ┌────────────▼────────────┐
-                │  5. RateLimiter 中间件  │
+                │  6. RateLimiter 中间件  │
                     │  (限流)                 │ ─── 可选 (config: enable_rate_limiter)
                     └────────────┬────────────┘
                                  │
                     ┌────────────▼────────────┐
-                    │  6. 路由处理器          │
+                    │  7. 路由处理器          │
                     │  (业务逻辑)             │
                     └────────────┬────────────┘
                                  │
@@ -538,12 +554,22 @@ junhong_cmp_fiber/
 - **始终激活**：是
 - **日志格式**：包含字段的 JSON：timestamp、level、method、path、status、duration_ms、request_id、ip、user_agent、user_id
 
-#### 4. 认证中间件（pkg/middleware/auth.go 和 internal/middleware/）
+#### 4. CORS 中间件（Fiber cors）
+- **用途**：允许已配置前端域名跨域访问 API
+- **行为**：
+  - 对浏览器预检 `OPTIONS` 请求返回 204
+  - 添加 `Access-Control-Allow-Origin`、`Access-Control-Allow-Methods`、`Access-Control-Allow-Headers`
+  - 必须在业务路由和认证中间件之前注册，避免预检请求被 401 拦截
+- **配置**：`middleware.cors.*`（默认启用）
+- **默认来源**：`*`（全部来源）。使用通配来源时 `allow_credentials` 必须为 `false`
+
+#### 5. 认证中间件（pkg/middleware/auth.go 和 internal/middleware/）
 - **用途**：使用 Token 验证对请求进行认证
 - **行为**：
   - 从 `Authorization: Bearer {token}` 请求头提取 token
   - 通过 TokenValidator 函数验证 token（支持 JWT 和 Redis Token）
   - 如果缺失/无效 token 返回 401
+  - `OPTIONS` 预检请求直接返回 204，不做 Token 校验
   - 成功时将用户信息存储在上下文中（UserID、UserType、ShopID、EnterpriseID）
 - **实现方式**：模块化路由注册（无全局配置）
   - `/api/admin/*`：后台认证（SuperAdmin、Platform、Agent）
@@ -555,7 +581,7 @@ junhong_cmp_fiber/
   - 1002：无效或过期 token
   - 1003：权限不足
 
-#### 5. RateLimiter 中间件（internal/middleware/ratelimit.go）
+#### 6. RateLimiter 中间件（internal/middleware/ratelimit.go）
 - **用途**：通过限制请求速率保护 API 免受滥用
 - **行为**：
   - 按客户端 IP 地址追踪请求
@@ -568,7 +594,7 @@ junhong_cmp_fiber/
   - `redis`：基于 Redis（分布式，持久化）
 - **错误码**：1003（请求过于频繁）
 
-#### 6. 路由处理器
+#### 7. 路由处理器
 - **用途**：执行端点的业务逻辑
 - **可用上下文数据**：
   - 请求 ID：`c.Locals(constants.ContextKeyRequestID)`
@@ -582,6 +608,12 @@ junhong_cmp_fiber/
 app.Use(recover.New())
 app.Use(addRequestID())
 app.Use(loggerMiddleware())
+app.Use(cors.New(cors.Config{
+    AllowOrigins:     config.GetConfig().Middleware.CORS.AllowOrigins,
+    AllowMethods:     config.GetConfig().Middleware.CORS.AllowMethods,
+    AllowHeaders:     config.GetConfig().Middleware.CORS.AllowHeaders,
+    AllowCredentials: config.GetConfig().Middleware.CORS.AllowCredentials,
+}))
 
 // 模块化路由注册（认证中间件按路由组配置）
 routes.RegisterRoutes(app, handlers, middlewares)

cmd/api/docs.go

@@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ func generateOpenAPIDocs(outputPath string, logger *zap.Logger) {
 	app := fiber.New()
 
 	// 3. 创建所有 Handler（使用 nil 依赖，因为只需要路由结构）
+	// 新增 Handler 必须注册到 openapi.BuildDocHandlers，代理开放接口也从该入口进入文档生成器。
 	handlers := openapi.BuildDocHandlers()
 
 	// 4. 注册所有路由到文档生成器

cmd/api/main.go

@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ import (
 	"github.com/bytedance/sonic"
 	"github.com/gofiber/fiber/v2"
 	"github.com/gofiber/fiber/v2/middleware/compress"
+	"github.com/gofiber/fiber/v2/middleware/cors"
 	"github.com/gofiber/fiber/v2/middleware/requestid"
 	"github.com/google/uuid"
 	"github.com/redis/go-redis/v9"
@@ -203,15 +204,16 @@ func createFiberApp(cfg *config.Config, appLogger *zap.Logger) *fiber.App {
 	registerTimeParserCompat()
 
 	return fiber.New(fiber.Config{
-		AppName:       "君鸿卡管系统 v1.0.0",
-		StrictRouting: true,
-		CaseSensitive: true,
-		JSONEncoder:   sonic.Marshal,
-		JSONDecoder:   sonic.Unmarshal,
-		Prefork:       cfg.Server.Prefork,
-		ReadTimeout:   cfg.Server.ReadTimeout,
-		WriteTimeout:  cfg.Server.WriteTimeout,
-		ErrorHandler:  internalMiddleware.ErrorHandler(appLogger),
+		AppName:                  "君鸿卡管系统 v1.0.0",
+		StrictRouting:            true,
+		CaseSensitive:            true,
+		JSONEncoder:              sonic.Marshal,
+		JSONDecoder:              sonic.Unmarshal,
+		EnableSplittingOnParsers: true,
+		Prefork:                  cfg.Server.Prefork,
+		ReadTimeout:              cfg.Server.ReadTimeout,
+		WriteTimeout:             cfg.Server.WriteTimeout,
+		ErrorHandler:             internalMiddleware.ErrorHandler(appLogger),
 	})
 }
 
@@ -288,6 +290,23 @@ func initMiddleware(app *fiber.App, cfg *config.Config, appLogger *zap.Logger) {
 
 	// 4. Logger - 记录所有请求（在 Compress 之后注册，读到的是未压缩的原始响应体）
 	app.Use(logger.Middleware())
+
+	// 5. CORS - 必须在业务路由和认证中间件之前注册，确保预检请求不被认证拦截
+	if cfg.Middleware.CORS.Enabled {
+		app.Use(cors.New(cors.Config{
+			AllowOrigins:     cfg.Middleware.CORS.AllowOrigins,
+			AllowMethods:     cfg.Middleware.CORS.AllowMethods,
+			AllowHeaders:     cfg.Middleware.CORS.AllowHeaders,
+			ExposeHeaders:    cfg.Middleware.CORS.ExposeHeaders,
+			AllowCredentials: cfg.Middleware.CORS.AllowCredentials,
+			MaxAge:           cfg.Middleware.CORS.MaxAge,
+		}))
+		appLogger.Info("CORS 中间件已启用",
+			zap.String("allow_origins", cfg.Middleware.CORS.AllowOrigins),
+			zap.String("allow_methods", cfg.Middleware.CORS.AllowMethods),
+			zap.Bool("allow_credentials", cfg.Middleware.CORS.AllowCredentials),
+		)
+	}
 }
 
 // initRoutes 注册路由

cmd/gendocs/main.go

@@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ func generateAdminDocs(outputPath string) error {
 	app := fiber.New()
 
 	// 3. 创建所有 Handler（使用 nil 依赖，因为只需要路由结构）
+	// 新增 Handler 必须注册到 openapi.BuildDocHandlers，代理开放接口也从该入口进入文档生成器。
 	handlers := openapi.BuildDocHandlers()
 
 	// 4. 注册所有路由到文档生成器

cmd/migration-finalize/main.go

@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
+package main
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"flag"
+	"fmt"
+	"os"
+	"sort"
+	"strconv"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+
+	"github.com/redis/go-redis/v9"
+	"go.uber.org/zap"
+	"gorm.io/gorm"
+
+	"github.com/break/junhong_cmp_fiber/internal/model"
+	"github.com/break/junhong_cmp_fiber/internal/polling"
+	"github.com/break/junhong_cmp_fiber/internal/store/postgres"
+	pkgbootstrap "github.com/break/junhong_cmp_fiber/pkg/bootstrap"
+	"github.com/break/junhong_cmp_fiber/pkg/config"
+	"github.com/break/junhong_cmp_fiber/pkg/constants"
+	"github.com/break/junhong_cmp_fiber/pkg/database"
+	"github.com/break/junhong_cmp_fiber/pkg/logger"
+)
+
+type finalizeOptions struct {
+	batchNo   string
+	apply     bool
+	batchSize int
+	timeout   time.Duration
+}
+
+type finalizeStats struct {
+	importedTotal   int64
+	pollingCards    int
+	enqueuedCards   int
+	skippedNoConfig int
+	firstID         uint
+	lastID          uint
+	taskCounts      map[string]int
+}
+
+func main() {
+	if err := run(); err != nil {
+		fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "迁移收尾失败: %v\n", err)
+		os.Exit(1)
+	}
+}
+
+func run() error {
+	opts := parseOptions()
+	if strings.TrimSpace(opts.batchNo) == "" {
+		return fmt.Errorf("batch-no 不能为空")
+	}
+	if opts.batchSize <= 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("batch-size 必须大于 0")
+	}
+
+	cfg, err := config.Load()
+	if err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("加载配置失败: %w", err)
+	}
+	if _, err := pkgbootstrap.EnsureDirectories(cfg, nil); err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("初始化目录失败: %w", err)
+	}
+	if err := initLogger(cfg); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	defer func() { _ = logger.Sync() }()
+
+	appLogger := logger.GetAppLogger()
+	ctx, cancel := context.WithTimeout(context.Background(), opts.timeout)
+	defer cancel()
+
+	db, err := database.InitPostgreSQL(&cfg.Database, appLogger)
+	if err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("初始化 PostgreSQL 失败: %w", err)
+	}
+	defer closeDB(db, appLogger)
+
+	var redisClient *redis.Client
+	if opts.apply {
+		redisClient, err = initRedis(cfg, appLogger)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		defer func() {
+			if closeErr := redisClient.Close(); closeErr != nil {
+				appLogger.Error("关闭 Redis 连接失败", zap.Error(closeErr))
+			}
+		}()
+	}
+
+	configStore := postgres.NewPollingConfigStore(db)
+	configMgr := polling.NewPollingConfigManager(configStore, redisClient, appLogger)
+	if opts.apply {
+		if err := configMgr.Load(ctx); err != nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("加载轮询配置失败: %w", err)
+		}
+	} else {
+		if err := configMgr.LoadForInspection(ctx); err != nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("加载轮询配置失败: %w", err)
+		}
+	}
+
+	var queueMgr *polling.PollingQueueManager
+	var initializer *polling.PollingInitializer
+	if opts.apply {
+		queueMgr = polling.NewPollingQueueManager(redisClient, constants.PollingShardCount, appLogger)
+		cardStore := postgres.NewIotCardStore(db, redisClient)
+		initializer = polling.NewPollingInitializer(cardStore, redisClient, configMgr, queueMgr, appLogger)
+	}
+
+	stats, err := finalizePolling(ctx, db, configMgr, queueMgr, initializer, opts)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	printStats(stats, opts)
+	return nil
+}
+
+func parseOptions() finalizeOptions {
+	opts := finalizeOptions{}
+	flag.StringVar(&opts.batchNo, "batch-no", "MIGRATION-QICHENG", "迁移批次号")
+	flag.BoolVar(&opts.apply, "apply", false, "实际写入 Redis 轮询队列和卡缓存；默认只 dry-run")
+	flag.IntVar(&opts.batchSize, "batch-size", 500, "每批处理卡数量")
+	flag.DurationVar(&opts.timeout, "timeout", 10*time.Minute, "迁移收尾超时时间")
+	flag.Parse()
+	return opts
+}
+
+func initLogger(cfg *config.Config) error {
+	if err := logger.InitLoggers(
+		cfg.Logging.Level,
+		cfg.Logging.Development,
+		logger.LogRotationConfig{
+			Filename:   cfg.Logging.AppLog.Filename,
+			MaxSize:    cfg.Logging.AppLog.MaxSize,
+			MaxBackups: cfg.Logging.AppLog.MaxBackups,
+			MaxAge:     cfg.Logging.AppLog.MaxAge,
+			Compress:   cfg.Logging.AppLog.Compress,
+		},
+		logger.LogRotationConfig{
+			Filename:   cfg.Logging.AccessLog.Filename,
+			MaxSize:    cfg.Logging.AccessLog.MaxSize,
+			MaxBackups: cfg.Logging.AccessLog.MaxBackups,
+			MaxAge:     cfg.Logging.AccessLog.MaxAge,
+			Compress:   cfg.Logging.AccessLog.Compress,
+		},
+	); err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("初始化日志失败: %w", err)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+func initRedis(cfg *config.Config, appLogger *zap.Logger) (*redis.Client, error) {
+	redisAddr := cfg.Redis.Address + ":" + strconv.Itoa(cfg.Redis.Port)
+	client, err := database.NewRedisClient(database.RedisConfig{
+		Address:      redisAddr,
+		Password:     cfg.Redis.Password,
+		DB:           cfg.Redis.DB,
+		PoolSize:     cfg.Redis.PoolSize,
+		MinIdleConns: cfg.Redis.MinIdleConns,
+		DialTimeout:  cfg.Redis.DialTimeout,
+		ReadTimeout:  cfg.Redis.ReadTimeout,
+		WriteTimeout: cfg.Redis.WriteTimeout,
+	}, appLogger)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("初始化 Redis 失败: %w", err)
+	}
+	return client, nil
+}
+
+func closeDB(db *gorm.DB, appLogger *zap.Logger) {
+	sqlDB, _ := db.DB()
+	if sqlDB == nil {
+		return
+	}
+	if err := sqlDB.Close(); err != nil {
+		appLogger.Error("关闭 PostgreSQL 连接失败", zap.Error(err))
+	}
+}
+
+func finalizePolling(
+	ctx context.Context,
+	db *gorm.DB,
+	configMgr *polling.PollingConfigManager,
+	queueMgr *polling.PollingQueueManager,
+	initializer *polling.PollingInitializer,
+	opts finalizeOptions,
+) (finalizeStats, error) {
+	stats := finalizeStats{taskCounts: map[string]int{}}
+	if err := db.WithContext(ctx).Model(&model.IotCard{}).
+		Where("batch_no = ?", opts.batchNo).
+		Count(&stats.importedTotal).Error; err != nil {
+		return stats, fmt.Errorf("统计迁移卡失败: %w", err)
+	}
+
+	var lastID uint
+	for {
+		cards, err := loadPollingCards(ctx, db, opts.batchNo, lastID, opts.batchSize)
+		if err != nil {
+			return stats, err
+		}
+		if len(cards) == 0 {
+			break
+		}
+
+		updateStats(&stats, configMgr, cards)
+		if opts.apply {
+			cardIDs := collectCardIDs(cards)
+			if err := queueMgr.RemoveBatchFromCurrentShardQueues(ctx, cardIDs); err != nil {
+				return stats, fmt.Errorf("清理轮询旧队列失败: %w", err)
+			}
+			if err := initializer.InitCards(ctx, cards); err != nil {
+				return stats, fmt.Errorf("重建轮询队列失败: %w", err)
+			}
+		}
+
+		lastID = cards[len(cards)-1].ID
+	}
+
+	return stats, nil
+}
+
+func loadPollingCards(ctx context.Context, db *gorm.DB, batchNo string, lastID uint, limit int) ([]*model.IotCard, error) {
+	var cards []*model.IotCard
+	err := db.WithContext(ctx).
+		Where("id > ? AND batch_no = ? AND enable_polling = true", lastID, batchNo).
+		Order("id ASC").
+		Limit(limit).
+		Find(&cards).Error
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("查询迁移卡失败: %w", err)
+	}
+	return cards, nil
+}
+
+func updateStats(stats *finalizeStats, configMgr *polling.PollingConfigManager, cards []*model.IotCard) {
+	for _, card := range cards {
+		stats.pollingCards++
+		if stats.firstID == 0 {
+			stats.firstID = card.ID
+		}
+		stats.lastID = card.ID
+
+		intervals := configMgr.MergedTaskIntervals(card)
+		if len(intervals) == 0 {
+			stats.skippedNoConfig++
+			continue
+		}
+		stats.enqueuedCards++
+		for taskType := range intervals {
+			stats.taskCounts[taskType]++
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+func collectCardIDs(cards []*model.IotCard) []uint {
+	ids := make([]uint, 0, len(cards))
+	for _, card := range cards {
+		ids = append(ids, card.ID)
+	}
+	return ids
+}
+
+func printStats(stats finalizeStats, opts finalizeOptions) {
+	mode := "dry-run"
+	if opts.apply {
+		mode = "apply"
+	}
+	fmt.Printf("迁移收尾完成: mode=%s batch_no=%s\n", mode, opts.batchNo)
+	fmt.Printf("导入卡总数: %d\n", stats.importedTotal)
+	fmt.Printf("启用轮询卡: %d\n", stats.pollingCards)
+	fmt.Printf("可入队卡: %d\n", stats.enqueuedCards)
+	fmt.Printf("无匹配轮询配置: %d\n", stats.skippedNoConfig)
+	if stats.firstID > 0 {
+		fmt.Printf("处理 ID 范围: %d-%d\n", stats.firstID, stats.lastID)
+	}
+
+	taskTypes := make([]string, 0, len(stats.taskCounts))
+	for taskType := range stats.taskCounts {
+		taskTypes = append(taskTypes, taskType)
+	}
+	sort.Strings(taskTypes)
+	for _, taskType := range taskTypes {
+		fmt.Printf("任务入队预估: %s=%d\n", taskType, stats.taskCounts[taskType])
+	}
+	if !opts.apply {
+		fmt.Println("当前为 dry-run,没有写入 Redis；确认无误后增加 --apply 执行。")
+	}
+}

cmd/worker/main.go

@@ -2,18 +2,21 @@ package main
 
 import (
 	"context"
+	"fmt"
 	"os"
 	"os/signal"
 	"strconv"
 	"syscall"
 	"time"
 
+	"github.com/bytedance/sonic"
 	"github.com/hibiken/asynq"
 	"github.com/redis/go-redis/v9"
 	"go.uber.org/zap"
 
 	"github.com/break/junhong_cmp_fiber/internal/bootstrap"
 	"github.com/break/junhong_cmp_fiber/internal/gateway"
+	"github.com/break/junhong_cmp_fiber/internal/model"
 	"github.com/break/junhong_cmp_fiber/internal/polling"
 	iot_card_svc "github.com/break/junhong_cmp_fiber/internal/service/iot_card"
 	"github.com/break/junhong_cmp_fiber/internal/store/postgres"
@@ -25,14 +28,51 @@ import (
 	"github.com/break/junhong_cmp_fiber/pkg/logger"
 	"github.com/break/junhong_cmp_fiber/pkg/queue"
 	"github.com/break/junhong_cmp_fiber/pkg/storage"
+	"gorm.io/gorm"
 )
 
+const (
+	workerModuleQueueServer        = "queue_server"
+	workerModulePollingInitializer = "polling_initializer"
+	workerModulePollingScheduler   = "polling_scheduler"
+	workerModuleAsynqScheduler     = "asynq_scheduler"
+	importRescueLimit              = 500 // 启动补偿单次扫描的最大导入任务数
+)
+
+// workerModuleStatus 描述当前 Worker 角色下的模块启停计划。
+type workerModuleStatus struct {
+	enabled  []string
+	disabled []string
+}
+
+// workerRuntime 保存所有角色共享的 Worker 运行时依赖。
+type workerRuntime struct {
+	redisAddr           string
+	redisClient         *redis.Client
+	db                  *gorm.DB
+	storageSvc          *storage.Service
+	gatewayClient       *gateway.Client
+	asynqClient         *asynq.Client
+	workerResult        *bootstrap.WorkerBootstrapResult
+	workerServer        *queue.Server
+	pollingConfigMgr    *polling.PollingConfigManager
+	pollingQueueMgr     *polling.PollingQueueManager
+	pollingIotCardStore *postgres.IotCardStore
+	pollingBase         *task.PollingBase
+	lifecycleSvc        *polling.PollingLifecycleService
+}
+
 func main() {
 	cfg, err := config.Load()
 	if err != nil {
 		panic("加载配置失败: " + err.Error())
 	}
 
+	runWorker(cfg)
+}
+
+// runWorker 编排 Worker 进程启动、模块启停和优雅关闭流程。
+func runWorker(cfg *config.Config) {
 	if _, err := pkgBootstrap.EnsureDirectories(cfg, nil); err != nil {
 		panic("初始化目录失败: " + err.Error())
 	}
@@ -62,9 +102,91 @@ func main() {
 	}()
 
 	appLogger := logger.GetAppLogger()
-	appLogger.Info("Worker 服务启动中...")
+	ctx, cancel := context.WithCancel(context.Background())
+	defer cancel()
 
-	// 连接 Redis
+	moduleStatus := buildWorkerModuleStatus(cfg.Worker.Role)
+	appLogger.Info("Worker 服务启动中...")
+	logWorkerRole(appLogger, cfg.Worker.Role, cfg.Worker.InstanceName, moduleStatus)
+
+	runtime := initWorkerRuntime(ctx, cfg, appLogger)
+	defer runtime.close(appLogger)
+
+	var pollingInitializer *polling.PollingInitializer
+	var pollingScheduler *polling.Scheduler
+	var asynqScheduler *asynq.Scheduler
+
+	if runsSingletonModules(cfg.Worker.Role) {
+		pollingInitializer = startPollingInitializer(ctx, runtime, appLogger)
+		pollingScheduler = startPollingScheduler(ctx, runtime, pollingInitializer, appLogger)
+		asynqScheduler = startAsynqScheduler(cfg, runtime.redisAddr, appLogger)
+	}
+
+	taskHandler := createTaskHandler(runtime, appLogger)
+	taskHandler.RegisterHandlers()
+	rescuePendingImportTasks(ctx, runtime, appLogger)
+
+	appLogger.Info("Worker 服务器配置完成",
+		zap.Int("concurrency", cfg.Queue.Concurrency),
+		zap.Any("queues", cfg.Queue.Queues))
+
+	quit := make(chan os.Signal, 1)
+	signal.Notify(quit, os.Interrupt, syscall.SIGTERM)
+	defer signal.Stop(quit)
+
+	go func() {
+		if err := runtime.workerServer.Run(taskHandler.GetMux()); err != nil {
+			appLogger.Fatal("Worker 服务器运行失败", zap.Error(err))
+		}
+	}()
+
+	appLogger.Info("Worker 服务器已启动")
+	<-quit
+
+	shutdownWorker(cancel, appLogger, runtime.workerServer, pollingInitializer, pollingScheduler, asynqScheduler)
+}
+
+// buildWorkerModuleStatus 根据角色生成启用/禁用模块列表，供启动日志和人工验收使用。
+func buildWorkerModuleStatus(role string) workerModuleStatus {
+	status := workerModuleStatus{
+		enabled: []string{workerModuleQueueServer},
+	}
+
+	if runsSingletonModules(role) {
+		status.enabled = append(
+			status.enabled,
+			workerModulePollingInitializer,
+			workerModulePollingScheduler,
+			workerModuleAsynqScheduler,
+		)
+		return status
+	}
+
+	status.disabled = []string{
+		workerModulePollingInitializer,
+		workerModulePollingScheduler,
+		workerModuleAsynqScheduler,
+	}
+	return status
+}
+
+// logWorkerRole 输出当前实例角色、实例名以及模块启停计划。
+func logWorkerRole(appLogger *zap.Logger, role string, instanceName string, moduleStatus workerModuleStatus) {
+	appLogger.Info("Worker 角色已确认",
+		zap.String("role", role),
+		zap.String("instance_name", instanceName))
+	appLogger.Info("Worker 模块启停计划",
+		zap.Strings("enabled_modules", moduleStatus.enabled),
+		zap.Strings("disabled_modules", moduleStatus.disabled))
+}
+
+// runsSingletonModules 判断当前角色是否承担主动调度和初始化职责。
+func runsSingletonModules(role string) bool {
+	return role == constants.WorkerRoleAll || role == constants.WorkerRoleLeader
+}
+
+// initWorkerRuntime 初始化所有角色共享的外部依赖和轮询运行时对象。
+func initWorkerRuntime(ctx context.Context, cfg *config.Config, appLogger *zap.Logger) *workerRuntime {
 	redisAddr := cfg.Redis.Address + ":" + strconv.Itoa(cfg.Redis.Port)
 	redisClient := redis.NewClient(&redis.Options{
 		Addr:         redisAddr,
@@ -76,52 +198,26 @@ func main() {
 		ReadTimeout:  cfg.Redis.ReadTimeout,
 		WriteTimeout: cfg.Redis.WriteTimeout,
 	})
-	defer func() {
-		if err := redisClient.Close(); err != nil {
-			appLogger.Error("关闭 Redis 客户端失败", zap.Error(err))
-		}
-	}()
 
-	// 测试 Redis 连接
-	ctx := context.Background()
 	if err := redisClient.Ping(ctx).Err(); err != nil {
 		appLogger.Fatal("连接 Redis 失败", zap.Error(err))
 	}
 	appLogger.Info("Redis 已连接", zap.String("address", redisAddr))
 
-	// 初始化 PostgreSQL 连接
 	db, err := database.InitPostgreSQL(&cfg.Database, appLogger)
 	if err != nil {
 		appLogger.Fatal("初始化 PostgreSQL 失败", zap.Error(err))
 	}
-	defer func() {
-		sqlDB, _ := db.DB()
-		if sqlDB != nil {
-			if err := sqlDB.Close(); err != nil {
-				appLogger.Error("关闭 PostgreSQL 连接失败", zap.Error(err))
-			}
-		}
-	}()
 
-	// 初始化对象存储服务（可选）
 	storageSvc := initStorage(cfg, appLogger)
-
-	// 初始化 Gateway 客户端（可选，用于轮询任务）
 	gatewayClient := initGateway(cfg, appLogger)
 
-	// 创建 Asynq 客户端（用于调度器提交任务）
 	asynqClient := asynq.NewClient(asynq.RedisClientOpt{
 		Addr:     redisAddr,
 		Password: cfg.Redis.Password,
 		DB:       cfg.Redis.DB,
 	})
-	defer func() {
-		if err := asynqClient.Close(); err != nil {
-			appLogger.Error("关闭 Asynq 客户端失败", zap.Error(err))
-		}
-	}()
 
-	// 创建 Worker 依赖
 	workerDeps := &bootstrap.WorkerDependencies{
 		DB:             db,
 		Redis:          redisClient,
@@ -131,16 +227,13 @@ func main() {
 		GatewayClient:  gatewayClient,
 	}
 
-	// Bootstrap Worker 组件
 	workerResult, err := bootstrap.BootstrapWorker(workerDeps)
 	if err != nil {
 		appLogger.Fatal("Worker Bootstrap 失败", zap.Error(err))
 	}
 
-	// 创建 Asynq Worker 服务器
 	workerServer := queue.NewServer(redisClient, &cfg.Queue, appLogger)
 
-	// 初始化轮询系统新组件（Phase 5.7）
 	pollingConfigStore := postgres.NewPollingConfigStore(db)
 	pollingConfigMgr := polling.NewPollingConfigManager(pollingConfigStore, redisClient, appLogger)
 	if err := pollingConfigMgr.Load(ctx); err != nil {
@@ -149,55 +242,144 @@ func main() {
 	pollingConfigMgr.Start(ctx)
 
 	pollingQueueMgr := polling.NewPollingQueueManager(redisClient, constants.PollingShardCount, appLogger)
-
 	pollingIotCardStore := postgres.NewIotCardStore(db, redisClient)
-	pollingBase := task.NewPollingBase(redisClient, pollingQueueMgr, pollingConfigMgr, pollingIotCardStore, appLogger, cfg.Polling.VerboseLog)
+	pollingBase := task.NewPollingBase(
+		redisClient,
+		pollingQueueMgr,
+		pollingConfigMgr,
+		pollingIotCardStore,
+		appLogger,
+		cfg.Polling.VerboseLog,
+	)
 
-	// 后台渐进式初始化（将全量卡数据写入分片 Sorted Set）
-	pollingInitializer := polling.NewPollingInitializer(pollingIotCardStore, redisClient, pollingConfigMgr, pollingQueueMgr, appLogger)
-	pollingInitializer.StartBackground(ctx)
-
-	// 订阅配置变更事件：配置从空变为非空时重启 Initializer，将卡重新入队
-	pollingConfigMgr.WatchChanges(ctx, func(hadConfigs, hasConfigs bool) {
-		if !hadConfigs && hasConfigs {
-			appLogger.Info("轮询配置从空变为非空，触发队列重新初始化")
-			pollingInitializer.Restart(ctx)
-		}
-	})
-
-	// 创建生命周期服务（Worker 进程用，功能更完整）
 	pollingDeviceSimBindingStore := postgres.NewDeviceSimBindingStore(db, redisClient)
 	pollingDeviceStore := postgres.NewDeviceStore(db, redisClient)
-	lifecycleSvc := polling.NewPollingLifecycleService(pollingQueueMgr, pollingConfigMgr, pollingIotCardStore, pollingDeviceSimBindingStore, pollingDeviceStore, appLogger)
-
-	// 初始化调度器（激活/重置 Handler 通过构造函数注入，防止遗漏）
-	dataResetHandler := polling.NewDataResetHandler(workerResult.Services.ResetService, appLogger)
-	activationHandler := polling.NewPackageActivationHandler(
-		db, redisClient, asynqClient,
-		workerResult.Services.ActivationService,
-		workerResult.Services.StopResumeService,
+	lifecycleSvc := polling.NewPollingLifecycleService(
+		pollingQueueMgr,
+		pollingConfigMgr,
+		pollingIotCardStore,
+		pollingDeviceSimBindingStore,
+		pollingDeviceStore,
 		appLogger,
 	)
-	scheduler := polling.NewScheduler(redisClient, asynqClient, pollingQueueMgr, pollingConfigMgr, appLogger, activationHandler, dataResetHandler)
-	scheduler.SetInitializer(pollingInitializer)
-
-	if err := scheduler.Start(ctx); err != nil {
-		appLogger.Error("启动轮询调度器失败", zap.Error(err))
-	} else {
-		appLogger.Info("轮询调度器已启动")
+	if stopResumeSvc, ok := workerResult.Services.StopResumeService.(*iot_card_svc.StopResumeService); ok {
+		stopResumeSvc.SetPollingCallback(lifecycleSvc)
 	}
 
-	// 类型断言：StopResumeService 实际是 *iotCardSvc.StopResumeService，实现了 EvaluateAndAct 接口
-	stopResumeSvc, _ := workerResult.Services.StopResumeService.(iot_card_svc.StopResumeServiceInterface)
-	// 创建任务处理器并注册
-	taskHandler := queue.NewHandler(db, redisClient, storageSvc, gatewayClient, lifecycleSvc, workerResult, asynqClient, appLogger, pollingBase, stopResumeSvc)
-	taskHandler.RegisterHandlers()
+	return &workerRuntime{
+		redisAddr:           redisAddr,
+		redisClient:         redisClient,
+		db:                  db,
+		storageSvc:          storageSvc,
+		gatewayClient:       gatewayClient,
+		asynqClient:         asynqClient,
+		workerResult:        workerResult,
+		workerServer:        workerServer,
+		pollingConfigMgr:    pollingConfigMgr,
+		pollingQueueMgr:     pollingQueueMgr,
+		pollingIotCardStore: pollingIotCardStore,
+		pollingBase:         pollingBase,
+		lifecycleSvc:        lifecycleSvc,
+	}
+}
 
-	appLogger.Info("Worker 服务器配置完成",
-		zap.Int("concurrency", cfg.Queue.Concurrency),
-		zap.Any("queues", cfg.Queue.Queues))
+// close 在 Worker 退出时关闭共享客户端与数据库连接。
+func (r *workerRuntime) close(appLogger *zap.Logger) {
+	if r.asynqClient != nil {
+		if err := r.asynqClient.Close(); err != nil {
+			appLogger.Error("关闭 Asynq 客户端失败", zap.Error(err))
+		}
+	}
+	if r.db != nil {
+		sqlDB, _ := r.db.DB()
+		if sqlDB != nil {
+			if err := sqlDB.Close(); err != nil {
+				appLogger.Error("关闭 PostgreSQL 连接失败", zap.Error(err))
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	if r.redisClient != nil {
+		if err := r.redisClient.Close(); err != nil {
+			appLogger.Error("关闭 Redis 客户端失败", zap.Error(err))
+		}
+	}
+}
 
-	// 创建 Asynq Scheduler（定时任务调度器：订单超时、告警检查、数据清理）
+// startPollingInitializer 为 leader/all 启动渐进式初始化器，并保留配置变更重启逻辑。
+func startPollingInitializer(ctx context.Context, runtime *workerRuntime, appLogger *zap.Logger) *polling.PollingInitializer {
+	pollingInitializer := polling.NewPollingInitializer(
+		runtime.pollingIotCardStore,
+		runtime.redisClient,
+		runtime.pollingConfigMgr,
+		runtime.pollingQueueMgr,
+		appLogger,
+	)
+	pollingInitializer.StartBackground(ctx)
+
+	runtime.pollingConfigMgr.WatchChanges(ctx, func(hadConfigs, hasConfigs bool) {
+		if hasConfigs {
+			appLogger.Info("轮询配置已变更，触发队列重新初始化",
+				zap.Bool("had_configs", hadConfigs))
+			pollingInitializer.Restart(ctx)
+			return
+		}
+		appLogger.Info("轮询配置已清空，跳过队列重新初始化")
+	})
+
+	return pollingInitializer
+}
+
+// startPollingScheduler 为 leader/all 启动轮询调度器。
+func startPollingScheduler(
+	ctx context.Context,
+	runtime *workerRuntime,
+	pollingInitializer *polling.PollingInitializer,
+	appLogger *zap.Logger,
+) *polling.Scheduler {
+	dataResetHandler := polling.NewDataResetHandler(runtime.workerResult.Services.ResetService, appLogger)
+	activationHandler := polling.NewPackageActivationHandler(
+		runtime.db,
+		runtime.redisClient,
+		runtime.asynqClient,
+		runtime.workerResult.Services.ActivationService,
+		runtime.workerResult.Services.StopResumeService,
+		appLogger,
+	)
+
+	// 注入套餐失效前流量同步器：最小化 iot_card.Service（只需 gateway + store + redis + 流量扣减）
+	trafficSyncer := iot_card_svc.New(
+		runtime.db,
+		runtime.pollingIotCardStore,
+		nil, nil, nil, nil, nil,
+		runtime.gatewayClient,
+		appLogger,
+		nil,
+	)
+	trafficSyncer.SetRedisClient(runtime.redisClient)
+	trafficSyncer.SetDataDeductor(runtime.workerResult.Services.UsageService)
+	activationHandler.SetTrafficSyncer(trafficSyncer)
+
+	pollingScheduler := polling.NewScheduler(
+		runtime.redisClient,
+		runtime.asynqClient,
+		runtime.pollingQueueMgr,
+		runtime.pollingConfigMgr,
+		appLogger,
+		activationHandler,
+		dataResetHandler,
+	)
+	pollingScheduler.SetInitializer(pollingInitializer)
+
+	if err := pollingScheduler.Start(ctx); err != nil {
+		appLogger.Error("启动轮询调度器失败", zap.Error(err))
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	return pollingScheduler
+}
+
+// startAsynqScheduler 为 leader/all 创建并启动 Asynq Scheduler。
+func startAsynqScheduler(cfg *config.Config, redisAddr string, appLogger *zap.Logger) *asynq.Scheduler {
 	asynqScheduler := asynq.NewScheduler(
 		asynq.RedisClientOpt{
 			Addr:     redisAddr,
@@ -207,57 +389,174 @@ func main() {
 		&asynq.SchedulerOpts{Location: time.Local},
 	)
 
-	// 注册定时任务：订单超时检查（每分钟）
-	if _, err := asynqScheduler.Register("@every 1m", asynq.NewTask(constants.TaskTypeOrderExpire, nil)); err != nil {
-		appLogger.Fatal("注册订单超时定时任务失败", zap.Error(err))
-	}
-	// 注册定时任务：告警检查（每分钟）
-	if _, err := asynqScheduler.Register("@every 1m", asynq.NewTask(constants.TaskTypeAlertCheck, nil)); err != nil {
-		appLogger.Fatal("注册告警检查定时任务失败", zap.Error(err))
-	}
-	// 注册定时任务：数据清理（每天凌晨 2 点）
-	if _, err := asynqScheduler.Register("0 2 * * *", asynq.NewTask(constants.TaskTypeDataCleanup, nil)); err != nil {
-		appLogger.Fatal("注册数据清理定时任务失败", zap.Error(err))
-	}
-	// 注册定时任务：每日流量落盘（每天凌晨 2 点，超时 5 分钟）
-	if _, err := asynqScheduler.Register("0 2 * * *", asynq.NewTask(constants.TaskTypeDailyTrafficFlush, nil, asynq.MaxRetry(3), asynq.Timeout(5*time.Minute))); err != nil {
-		appLogger.Fatal("注册每日流量落盘定时任务失败", zap.Error(err))
+	if err := registerAsynqScheduleTasks(asynqScheduler); err != nil {
+		appLogger.Fatal("注册 Asynq 定时任务失败", zap.Error(err))
 	}
 
-	// 启动 Asynq Scheduler
 	go func() {
 		if err := asynqScheduler.Run(); err != nil {
 			appLogger.Fatal("Asynq Scheduler 启动失败", zap.Error(err))
 		}
 	}()
-	appLogger.Info("Asynq Scheduler 已启动（订单超时: @every 1m, 告警检查: @every 1m, 数据清理: 0 2 * * *）")
 
-	// 优雅关闭
-	quit := make(chan os.Signal, 1)
-	signal.Notify(quit, os.Interrupt, syscall.SIGTERM)
+	appLogger.Info("Asynq Scheduler 已启动（订单超时: @every 1m, 告警检查: @every 1m, 数据清理: 0 2 * * *, 每日流量落盘: 0 2 * * *）")
+	return asynqScheduler
+}
 
-	// 启动 Worker 服务器（阻塞运行）
-	go func() {
-		if err := workerServer.Run(taskHandler.GetMux()); err != nil {
-			appLogger.Fatal("Worker 服务器运行失败", zap.Error(err))
-		}
-	}()
+// registerAsynqScheduleTasks 注册 Worker 入口需要的全部定时任务。
+func registerAsynqScheduleTasks(asynqScheduler *asynq.Scheduler) error {
+	if _, err := asynqScheduler.Register("@every 1m", asynq.NewTask(
+		constants.TaskTypeOrderExpire,
+		nil,
+		asynq.Queue(constants.QueueForTaskType(constants.TaskTypeOrderExpire)),
+	)); err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("注册订单超时定时任务失败: %w", err)
+	}
+	if _, err := asynqScheduler.Register("@every 1m", asynq.NewTask(
+		constants.TaskTypeAlertCheck,
+		nil,
+		asynq.Queue(constants.QueueForTaskType(constants.TaskTypeAlertCheck)),
+	)); err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("注册告警检查定时任务失败: %w", err)
+	}
+	if _, err := asynqScheduler.Register("0 2 * * *", asynq.NewTask(
+		constants.TaskTypeDataCleanup,
+		nil,
+		asynq.Queue(constants.QueueForTaskType(constants.TaskTypeDataCleanup)),
+	)); err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("注册数据清理定时任务失败: %w", err)
+	}
+	if _, err := asynqScheduler.Register(
+		"0 2 * * *",
+		asynq.NewTask(
+			constants.TaskTypeDailyTrafficFlush,
+			nil,
+			asynq.MaxRetry(3),
+			asynq.Timeout(5*time.Minute),
+			asynq.Queue(constants.QueueForTaskType(constants.TaskTypeDailyTrafficFlush)),
+		),
+	); err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("注册每日流量落盘定时任务失败: %w", err)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
 
-	appLogger.Info("Worker 服务器已启动")
+// createTaskHandler 创建并返回包含全部任务处理器的 Asynq Handler。
+func createTaskHandler(runtime *workerRuntime, appLogger *zap.Logger) *queue.Handler {
+	stopResumeSvc, _ := runtime.workerResult.Services.StopResumeService.(iot_card_svc.StopResumeServiceInterface)
+	return queue.NewHandler(
+		runtime.db,
+		runtime.redisClient,
+		runtime.storageSvc,
+		runtime.gatewayClient,
+		runtime.lifecycleSvc,
+		runtime.workerResult,
+		runtime.asynqClient,
+		appLogger,
+		runtime.pollingBase,
+		stopResumeSvc,
+	)
+}
 
-	// 等待关闭信号
-	<-quit
+// rescuePendingImportTasks 将历史遗留的待处理导入任务重新投递到独立导入队列。
+func rescuePendingImportTasks(ctx context.Context, runtime *workerRuntime, appLogger *zap.Logger) {
+	rescuePendingIotCardImportTasks(ctx, runtime.db, runtime.asynqClient, appLogger)
+	rescuePendingDeviceImportTasks(ctx, runtime.db, runtime.asynqClient, appLogger)
+}
+
+// rescuePendingIotCardImportTasks 补偿仍停留在待处理状态的 IoT 卡导入任务。
+func rescuePendingIotCardImportTasks(ctx context.Context, db *gorm.DB, asynqClient *asynq.Client, appLogger *zap.Logger) {
+	var importTasks []model.IotCardImportTask
+	if err := db.WithContext(ctx).
+		Where("status = ?", model.ImportTaskStatusPending).
+		Limit(importRescueLimit).
+		Find(&importTasks).Error; err != nil {
+		appLogger.Warn("扫描待补偿 IoT 卡导入任务失败", zap.Error(err))
+		return
+	}
+
+	for _, importTask := range importTasks {
+		payload := task.IotCardImportPayload{TaskID: importTask.ID}
+		enqueueImportRescueTask(ctx, asynqClient, constants.TaskTypeIotCardImport, payload, importTask.ID, appLogger)
+	}
+}
+
+// rescuePendingDeviceImportTasks 补偿仍停留在待处理状态的设备导入任务。
+func rescuePendingDeviceImportTasks(ctx context.Context, db *gorm.DB, asynqClient *asynq.Client, appLogger *zap.Logger) {
+	var importTasks []model.DeviceImportTask
+	if err := db.WithContext(ctx).
+		Where("status = ?", model.ImportTaskStatusPending).
+		Limit(importRescueLimit).
+		Find(&importTasks).Error; err != nil {
+		appLogger.Warn("扫描待补偿设备导入任务失败", zap.Error(err))
+		return
+	}
+
+	for _, importTask := range importTasks {
+		payload := task.DeviceImportPayload{TaskID: importTask.ID}
+		enqueueImportRescueTask(ctx, asynqClient, constants.TaskTypeDeviceImport, payload, importTask.ID, appLogger)
+	}
+}
+
+// enqueueImportRescueTask 将补偿任务提交到任务类型对应的独立队列。
+func enqueueImportRescueTask(ctx context.Context, asynqClient *asynq.Client, taskType string, payload any, taskID uint, appLogger *zap.Logger) {
+	payloadBytes, err := sonic.Marshal(payload)
+	if err != nil {
+		appLogger.Warn("序列化导入补偿任务载荷失败",
+			zap.String("task_type", taskType),
+			zap.Uint("task_id", taskID),
+			zap.Error(err))
+		return
+	}
+
+	queueName := constants.QueueForTaskType(taskType)
+	taskMessage := asynq.NewTask(
+		taskType,
+		payloadBytes,
+		asynq.Queue(queueName),
+		asynq.TaskID(fmt.Sprintf("import-rescue:%s:%d", taskType, taskID)),
+		asynq.Unique(30*time.Minute),
+	)
+	if _, err := asynqClient.EnqueueContext(ctx, taskMessage); err != nil {
+		appLogger.Warn("提交导入补偿任务失败",
+			zap.String("task_type", taskType),
+			zap.String("queue", queueName),
+			zap.Uint("task_id", taskID),
+			zap.Error(err))
+		return
+	}
+
+	appLogger.Info("导入补偿任务已提交",
+		zap.String("task_type", taskType),
+		zap.String("queue", queueName),
+		zap.Uint("task_id", taskID))
+}
+
+// shutdownWorker 按当前实例实际启动过的模块执行优雅关闭。
+func shutdownWorker(
+	cancel context.CancelFunc,
+	appLogger *zap.Logger,
+	workerServer *queue.Server,
+	pollingInitializer *polling.PollingInitializer,
+	pollingScheduler *polling.Scheduler,
+	asynqScheduler *asynq.Scheduler,
+) {
 	appLogger.Info("正在关闭 Worker 服务器...")
 
-	// 停止 Asynq Scheduler
-	asynqScheduler.Shutdown()
+	if asynqScheduler != nil {
+		asynqScheduler.Shutdown()
+	}
+	if pollingScheduler != nil {
+		pollingScheduler.Stop()
+	}
 
-	// 停止轮询调度器
-	scheduler.Stop()
+	cancel()
+
+	if pollingInitializer != nil {
+		pollingInitializer.Stop()
+	}
 
-	// 优雅关闭 Worker 服务器（等待正在执行的任务完成）
 	workerServer.Shutdown()
-
 	appLogger.Info("Worker 服务器已停止")
 }
 

docker-compose.prod.yml

@@ -56,6 +56,10 @@ services:
       # 日志配置
       - JUNHONG_LOGGING_LEVEL=info
       - JUNHONG_LOGGING_DEVELOPMENT=false
+      # 跨域配置
+      - JUNHONG_MIDDLEWARE_CORS_ENABLED=true
+      - JUNHONG_MIDDLEWARE_CORS_ALLOW_ORIGINS=*
+      - JUNHONG_MIDDLEWARE_CORS_ALLOW_CREDENTIALS=false
       # 对象存储配置
       - JUNHONG_STORAGE_PROVIDER=s3
       - JUNHONG_STORAGE_S3_ENDPOINT=https://obs-helf.cucloud.cn
@@ -75,6 +79,9 @@ services:
       - JUNHONG_SMS_USERNAME=JH0001
       - JUNHONG_SMS_PASSWORD=wwR8E4qnL6F0
       - JUNHONG_SMS_SIGNATURE=【JHFTIOT】
+      - JUNHONG_MIDDLEWARE_CORS_ENABLED=true
+      - JUNHONG_MIDDLEWARE_CORS_ALLOW_ORIGINS=https://cmp-admin.boss160.cn,https://cmp-agent.boss160.cn,https://cmp-c.boss160.cn
+      - JUNHONG_MIDDLEWARE_CORS_ALLOW_CREDENTIALS=true
     volumes:
       - ./logs:/app/logs
     networks:

docs/agent-open-api/功能总结.md

@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+# 代理开放接口对接说明
+
+## 1. 接入说明
+
+代理开放接口挂载在 `/api/open/v1`，面向代理店铺第三方系统调用。接入方使用代理账号登录信息进行签名认证，通过认证后即可调用卡查询、套餐查询、预充值钱包查询和套餐购买接口。
+
+请通过 HTTPS 调用开放接口。接入方不要在客户端日志、浏览器控制台或异常信息中记录账号密码、签名、随机串等敏感信息。
+
+## 2. 认证 Header
+
+每个请求必须携带以下 Header：
+
+| Header | 是什么 | 怎么来 | 示例 | 注意事项 |
+| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
+| `X-Agent-Account` | 代理账号标识 | 填写代理登录平台使用的用户名或手机号，由平台开通代理账号时提供 | `agent001` 或 `13800000000` | 必须与签名原文最后一行 `account` 完全一致 |
+| `X-Agent-Password` | 代理账号当前登录密码 | 由代理账号持有人提供，和登录平台的密码一致 | `Passw0rd123` | 同时作为 HMAC-SHA256 签名密钥；密码变更后必须使用新密码签名；不要写入日志 |
+| `X-Agent-Timestamp` | 请求发起时间 | 调用方在每次请求前生成 | `1715400000`、`1715400000000` 或 `2024-05-11T10:00:00+08:00` | 支持 Unix 秒、Unix 毫秒、RFC3339；必须与签名原文 `timestamp` 行完全一致；客户端服务器时间需同步 |
+| `X-Agent-Nonce` | 请求随机串 | 调用方每次请求自行生成，不需要平台提前分配 | `n-1715400000-001` 或 UUID | 同一账号 5 分钟内不可重复，重复会被判定为重放请求 |
+| `X-Agent-Sign` | 请求签名 | 调用方按下方签名规则实时计算 | `5f2d...` | 不是平台分配的固定值；只要 method、path、query、body、timestamp、nonce、account 或 password 任意一个变化，签名都会变化 |
+
+Header 生成顺序建议：
+
+1. 先确定 `X-Agent-Account` 和 `X-Agent-Password`。
+2. 每次请求生成新的 `X-Agent-Timestamp` 和 `X-Agent-Nonce`。
+3. 按下方规则拼出签名原文。
+4. 用 `X-Agent-Password` 对签名原文做 HMAC-SHA256，得到 `X-Agent-Sign`。
+5. 带上 5 个 Header 发起请求。
+
+签名原文：
+
+```text
+METHOD
+PATH
+canonical_query
+body_sha256
+timestamp
+nonce
+account
+```
+
+拼接规则：
+
+- 使用换行符 `\n` 连接 7 行，最后一行后不追加换行。
+- `METHOD` 使用大写 HTTP 方法，例如 `GET`、`POST`。
+- `PATH` 只取请求路径，例如 `/api/open/v1/cards/status`，不包含域名和 query。
+- `canonical_query` 为 query 参数规范化结果：排除 `sign` 字段；参数名按升序排列；同名多值按值升序排列；key 和 value 使用 URL QueryEscape 编码后按 `key=value` 拼接；多个参数用 `&` 连接；无 query 时为空字符串。
+- `body_sha256` 为原始请求 body 字节的 SHA256 小写十六进制值。GET 或空 body 使用空字符串的 SHA256：`e3b0c44298fc1c149afbf4c8996fb92427ae41e4649b934ca495991b7852b855`。
+- POST JSON 请求必须先确定最终发送的 body 字符串，再用同一个字符串计算 `body_sha256` 并发送请求；签名后不要再重新格式化 JSON、调整字段顺序或改变空格。
+- `timestamp`、`nonce`、`account` 必须与 Header 中的值完全一致。
+
+签名值为：
+
+```text
+lowercase_hex(HMAC-SHA256(password, sign_payload))
+```
+
+其中 `password` 为 `X-Agent-Password` 的原始值，`sign_payload` 为上面 7 行拼接后的字符串。
+
+### 2.1 GET 签名示例
+
+请求：
+
+```text
+GET /api/open/v1/cards/status?card_no=89860000000000000001
+X-Agent-Account: agent001
+X-Agent-Password: Passw0rd123
+X-Agent-Timestamp: 1715400000
+X-Agent-Nonce: n-1715400000-001
+```
+
+签名原文：
+
+```text
+GET
+/api/open/v1/cards/status
+card_no=89860000000000000001
+e3b0c44298fc1c149afbf4c8996fb92427ae41e4649b934ca495991b7852b855
+1715400000
+n-1715400000-001
+agent001
+```
+
+Node.js 示例：
+
+```javascript
+const crypto = require("crypto");
+
+function sha256Hex(input) {
+  return crypto.createHash("sha256").update(input).digest("hex");
+}
+
+function queryEscape(value) {
+  return new URLSearchParams({ v: String(value) }).toString().slice(2);
+}
+
+function canonicalQuery(params) {
+  return Object.entries(params)
+    .filter(([key]) => key.toLowerCase() !== "sign")
+    .flatMap(([key, value]) => {
+      const values = Array.isArray(value) ? value : [value];
+      return values.sort().map((item) => [key, item]);
+    })
+    .sort(([aKey, aValue], [bKey, bValue]) => {
+      if (aKey === bKey) return String(aValue).localeCompare(String(bValue));
+      return aKey.localeCompare(bKey);
+    })
+    .map(([key, value]) => `${queryEscape(key)}=${queryEscape(value)}`)
+    .join("&");
+}
+
+function sign({ method, path, query, body, timestamp, nonce, account, password }) {
+  const payload = [
+    method.toUpperCase(),
+    path,
+    canonicalQuery(query),
+    sha256Hex(body || ""),
+    timestamp,
+    nonce,
+    account,
+  ].join("\n");
+
+  return crypto.createHmac("sha256", password).update(payload).digest("hex");
+}
+```
+
+完整 GET 调用示例：
+
+```javascript
+const https = require("https");
+
+const account = "agent001";
+const password = "Passw0rd123";
+const timestamp = Math.floor(Date.now() / 1000).toString();
+const nonce = `nonce-${Date.now()}`;
+const method = "GET";
+const path = "/api/open/v1/cards/status";
+const query = { card_no: "89860000000000000001" };
+const body = "";
+const requestQuery = canonicalQuery(query);
+const requestPath = `${path}?${requestQuery}`;
+const signature = sign({ method, path, query, body, timestamp, nonce, account, password });
+
+const req = https.request(
+  {
+    hostname: "open.example.com",
+    path: requestPath,
+    method,
+    headers: {
+      "X-Agent-Account": account,
+      "X-Agent-Password": password,
+      "X-Agent-Timestamp": timestamp,
+      "X-Agent-Nonce": nonce,
+      "X-Agent-Sign": signature,
+    },
+  },
+  (res) => {
+    let data = "";
+    res.on("data", (chunk) => (data += chunk));
+    res.on("end", () => console.log(data));
+  }
+);
+
+req.end();
+```
+
+完整 POST 调用示例：
+
+```javascript
+const https = require("https");
+
+const account = "agent001";
+const password = "Passw0rd123";
+const timestamp = Math.floor(Date.now() / 1000).toString();
+const nonce = `nonce-${Date.now()}`;
+const method = "POST";
+const path = "/api/open/v1/wallet/package-orders";
+const query = {};
+
+const body = JSON.stringify({
+  card_nos: ["89860000000000000001", "89860000000000000002"],
+  package_code: "PKG001",
+});
+
+const signature = sign({ method, path, query, body, timestamp, nonce, account, password });
+
+const req = https.request(
+  {
+    hostname: "open.example.com",
+    path,
+    method,
+    headers: {
+      "Content-Type": "application/json",
+      "Content-Length": Buffer.byteLength(body),
+      "X-Agent-Account": account,
+      "X-Agent-Password": password,
+      "X-Agent-Timestamp": timestamp,
+      "X-Agent-Nonce": nonce,
+      "X-Agent-Sign": signature,
+    },
+  },
+  (res) => {
+    let data = "";
+    res.on("data", (chunk) => (data += chunk));
+    res.on("end", () => console.log(data));
+  }
+);
+
+req.write(body);
+req.end();
+```
+
+curl 调用示例：
+
+```bash
+curl -G "https://open.example.com/api/open/v1/cards/status" \
+  --data-urlencode "card_no=89860000000000000001" \
+  -H "X-Agent-Account: agent001" \
+  -H "X-Agent-Password: Passw0rd123" \
+  -H "X-Agent-Timestamp: 1715400000" \
+  -H "X-Agent-Nonce: n-1715400000-001" \
+  -H "X-Agent-Sign: 上面代码计算出的签名"
+```
+
+## 3. 接口列表
+
+| 方法 | 路径 | 说明 |
+| --- | --- | --- |
+| `GET` | `/api/open/v1/cards/traffic` | 按 `card_no` 查询单卡流量和套餐 |
+| `GET` | `/api/open/v1/cards/status` | 按 `card_no` 查询单卡正常/停机状态 |
+| `GET` | `/api/open/v1/cards/realname-status` | 按 `card_no` 查询实名状态 |
+| `GET` | `/api/open/v1/packages` | 查询可购买套餐列表 |
+| `POST` | `/api/open/v1/wallet/package-orders` | 使用预充值钱包给多张卡购买同一个套餐 |
+| `GET` | `/api/open/v1/wallet/balance` | 查询预充值钱包余额 |
+| `GET` | `/api/open/v1/wallet/transactions` | 查询预充值钱包流水 |
+
+`card_no` 支持 ICCID、虚拟号、MSISDN。开放接口只支持单卡，设备标识会返回参数错误。
+
+## 4. 字段口径
+
+卡流量字段：
+
+- `total_flow_mb`：套餐总流量，单位 MB。
+- `used_flow_mb`：已用流量，单位 MB。
+- `remaining_flow_mb`：剩余流量，单位 MB。
+
+套餐列表字段：
+
+- `cost_price`：套餐结算价，单位分。
+- `retail_price`：套餐销售价，单位分。
+- `total_flow_mb`：套餐总流量，单位 MB。
+- `valid_days`：套餐有效天数。
+
+钱包购买接口一次只允许一个 `package_code`，`card_nos` 最多 100 张卡。每张卡独立创建钱包订单，允许部分成功，失败卡会返回独立错误码和原因。任一卡购买失败时，外层 `code`/`msg` 返回首条失败卡的错误码和原因，同时 `data.failed_cards` 保留失败明细，`data.orders` 保留已成功订单；接入方应以 `success_count`、`failed_count`、`orders`、`failed_cards` 判断单卡结果，避免整批重试造成重复下单。
+
+## 5. 错误码
+
+| 错误码 | 说明 |
+| --- | --- |
+| `1048` | 开放接口认证失败 |
+| `1049` | 开放接口签名无效 |
+| `1190` | 开放接口时间戳无效 |
+| `1191` | 重复请求，请勿重放 |
+| `1005` | 无权限操作该资源或资源不存在 |
+
+参数校验失败统一返回 `1001`。认证类失败只返回统一错误码和消息。

docs/agent-recharge/功能总结.md

@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
 代理/平台 → POST /api/admin/agent-recharges
     │
     ├─ 验证权限：代理只能充自己店铺，平台可指定任意店铺
-    ├─ 验证金额范围（100 元~100 万元）
+    ├─ 验证金额范围（1 分~100 万元）
     ├─ 查找目标店铺的 main 钱包
     ├─ 查询 active 支付配置 → 无配置则拒绝（返回 1175）
     ├─ 记录 payment_config_id
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
 | 字段 | 类型 | 必填 | 说明 |
 |------|------|------|------|
 | shop_id | integer | 是 | 目标店铺 ID（代理只能填自己所属店铺）|
-| amount | integer | 是 | 充值金额（单位：分），范围 10000~100000000 |
+| amount | integer | 是 | 充值金额（单位：分），范围 1~100000000 |
 | payment_method | string | 是 | `wechat`（在线）/ `offline`（线下，仅平台）|
 
 **成功响应**
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@
 ```go
 // pkg/constants/wallet.go
 AgentRechargeOrderPrefix = "ARCH"            // 充值单号前缀
-AgentRechargeMinAmount   = 10000             // 最小充值：100 元（单位：分）
+AgentRechargeMinAmount   = 1                 // 最小充值：1 分
 AgentRechargeMaxAmount   = 100000000         // 最大充值：100 万元（单位：分）
 ```
 

docs/agents/domain.md

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+# 领域文档
+
+工程类 Skill（`improve-codebase-architecture`、`diagnose`、`tdd` 等）在探索代码库前应如何消费本仓库的领域文档。
+
+## 探索前请先阅读
+
+- 根目录的 **`CONTEXT.md`**（单 Context 布局）
+- 根目录的 **`docs/adr/`** —— 阅读与当前改动相关的 ADR
+
+如果这些文件还不存在，**直接跳过，不要提示缺失，也不要主动建议现在就创建它们**。这两个文件由 `/grill-with-docs` 在术语或决定真正确定下来时按需创建。
+
+## 与 openspec/ 的关系
+
+本仓库已经使用 `openspec/`（`openspec/specs/` 存放规范、`openspec/changes/` 存放变更提案）作为正式的提案与规范工作流，详见根目录 `CLAUDE.md` 的「OpenSpec 工作流」一节。`CONTEXT.md` / `docs/adr/` 是补充性质的轻量级领域词汇表和架构决定记录，不会替代 openspec 流程：
+
+- 涉及接口/数据库等实际变更 → 走 openspec 提案
+- 记录领域词汇、命名约定、历史架构权衡 → 写入 `CONTEXT.md` / `docs/adr/`
+
+## 文件结构（单 Context）
+
+```
+/
+├── CONTEXT.md
+├── docs/adr/
+│   ├── 0001-xxx.md
+│   └── 0002-xxx.md
+└── openspec/
+```
+
+## 使用词汇表中的术语
+
+当输出内容涉及某个领域概念时（issue 标题、重构提案、假设、测试名称），使用 `CONTEXT.md` 中定义的术语，不要漂移到词汇表明确避免使用的同义词。
+
+如果你需要的概念还不在词汇表中，这是一个信号——可能是你在发明项目并未使用的语言（应重新考虑），也可能是真实存在的空白（记录下来留给 `/grill-with-docs`）。
+
+## 标记与 ADR 的冲突
+
+如果你的输出与某条已有 ADR 冲突，必须显式指出，而不是悄悄覆盖：
+
+> 与 ADR-0007（事件溯源订单）冲突——但值得重新讨论，原因是……

docs/agents/issue-tracker.md

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# Issue 追踪方式：本地 Markdown
+
+本仓库的 Issue 和 PRD 以 Markdown 文件形式存放在 `.scratch/` 目录下。
+
+## 约定
+
+- 每个功能一个目录：`.scratch/<feature-slug>/`
+- PRD 文件：`.scratch/<feature-slug>/PRD.md`
+- 实现类 Issue：`.scratch/<feature-slug>/issues/<NN>-<slug>.md`，从 `01` 开始编号
+- Triage 状态记录在每个 Issue 文件顶部的 `Status:` 行（状态字符串见 `triage-labels.md`）
+- 评论和讨论记录追加在文件底部的 `## Comments` 标题下
+
+## 当某个 Skill 说"发布到 issue tracker"时
+
+在 `.scratch/<feature-slug>/` 下创建一个新文件（目录不存在则先创建）。
+
+## 当某个 Skill 说"获取对应的 ticket"时
+
+读取所引用路径对应的文件。用户通常会直接给出文件路径或 Issue 编号。